diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index 0f1c1bb18..5c4b7b831 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@ # # Translators: # Alejandra Escandón Del Real , 2015 +# Javier Calero , 2015 +# Javier Sabena , 2015 # Martin Trigaux, 2015 # Oihane Crucelaegui , 2015 # Rojas Pablo , 2015 @@ -11,9 +13,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-10 15:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-13 13:45+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alejandra Escandón Del Real \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-17 09:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-21 08:04+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Javier Calero \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -115,7 +117,7 @@ msgid "" "application, go to the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " "From the accounting settings, check the option **Import of Bank Statements " "in .CODA Format** and apply." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si todavía no ha instalado CODA, necesita activarlo antes de continuar. En el módulo de Contabilidad, valla al menú Configuración > Ajustes. En la sección de Contabilidad, marque la opción \"Importar movimientos bancarios en formato CODA.\" y luego al botón Aceptar. " #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:33 msgid "Import your first CODA file" @@ -141,7 +143,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If the file is successfully loaded, you will get redirected to the bank " "reconciliation screen with all the transactions to reconcile." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si el archivo es cargado exitosamente, usted será redireccionado a la pantalla de conciliaciones bancarias con todas las transacciones por conciliar." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:55 msgid "Importing CODA files" @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" "already been imported. So, you should not worry about avoiding to import two" " times the same file: Odoo will check everything for you before creating new" " bank statements." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo es capaz de detectar automáticamente si algunos archivos o transacciones han sido ya importados. Entonces, usted no debe preocuparse por evitar importar dos veces el mismo archivo: Odoo controlará todo por usted antes de crear nuevos estados de cuenta bancarios." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:78 #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/qif.rst:65 @@ -441,19 +443,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal. Once " -"everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo " -"and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "¡Disfrute de una integración completa! Ya no es necesario registrar la transacción manualmente." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -3218,14 +3246,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operación" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor Delta" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3233,7 +3261,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valor de Inventario" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3241,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -3270,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "0" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a $10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 msgid "+8\\*$10" @@ -3297,7 +3325,7 @@ msgstr "$10" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a $16" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 msgid "+4\\*$16" @@ -3340,7 +3368,7 @@ msgstr "$12" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" #: ../../accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 msgid "-10\\*$12" @@ -7321,7 +7349,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El módulo de **Compras** permite que usted maneje las órdenes de compras, los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la perfección en un mismo lugar. " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -7329,45 +7357,45 @@ msgid "" "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si desea establecer un proceso de control de factura de proveedor, lo primero que hay que hacer es tener datos de la compra en Odoo. Saber lo que se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus procesos de gestión de compras." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán a sus proveedores." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir cualquiera de los productos almacenables." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al recibir una **Factura de proveedor** de su proveedor, hay que validar la cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la precisión." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o por una sola. " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7391,7 +7419,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " "it is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando se crea un producto, es necesario poner atención al campo del **Tipo de Producto**, ya que es importante: " #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -7414,7 +7442,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" " type to **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se recomienda crear un **Diverso Producto** para todas las compras que se producen con poca frecuencia y no requieren de valoración o la gestión de inventarios. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el tipo de producto en **Servicio**." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -7432,7 +7460,7 @@ msgid "" "Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A partir de la solicitud de compra, se puede crear una orden de compra con tantos productos como sea necesario. Si el proveedor le envía una confirmación o una cita para un pedido, puede registrar el número de referencia del pedido en el campo de **Referencia de Proveedor**. Esto le permitirá hacer coincidir fácilmente el PO con la factura del proveedor después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la referencia del proveedor)" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -7457,7 +7485,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegando por esta ruta le llevará una lista de todos los pedidos en espera de ser recibidos." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -7501,7 +7529,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" " (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mientras que la factura está en estado de borrador, puede hacer las modificaciones necesarias (es decir, quitar o añadir líneas de productos, modificar cantidades, y cambiar los precios)." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" @@ -7511,11 +7539,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de facturas, ya que se envían los productos." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -7529,18 +7557,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:164 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:169 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " "Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la factura que reciba del proveedor tiene diferentes cantidades que las cantidades puestas automáticamente por Odoo, esto podría ser debido a varias razones:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:173 msgid "" @@ -7563,13 +7591,13 @@ msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En estos casos se recomienda que compruebe que la factura, y cualquier orden de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha pedido y lo que ya ha recibido." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:186 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -7588,13 +7616,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:202 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por defecto, los servicios se gestionan en base a cantidades pedidas, mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las cantidades recibidas." #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -7610,7 +7638,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" #: ../../accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 msgid "Ordered quantities" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po index 1f1725f13..e714339c1 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/crm.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-10 08:54+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-14 00:44+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-17 18:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alejandra Escandón Del Real \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ msgstr "Odoo CRM ofrece varios métodos para generar iniciativas:" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/emails`" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -1058,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "Un correo electrónico enviado a una de las direcciones de correo genér #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:44 msgid ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../leads/generate/manual`" #: ../../crm/overview/process/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ msgid "" " readability of your reports according to your needs. Note that you can " "filter and group by any existing field from your CRM, making your " "customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puede personalizar fácilmente los informes de análisis en función de las **KPIs** (ver :doc:`../overview/main_concepts/terminologies`) que desea acceder. Para ello, utilice la **Vista de búsqueda avanzada** localizada en la parte derecha de su pantalla, haciendo clic en el icono de la lupa en el extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta función le permite resaltar sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La opción **filtros** es muy útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías de oportunidades, mientras que la opción **Agrupar por** mejora la legibilidad de sus informes de acuerdo a sus necesidades. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo existentes de su CRM, haciendo su personalización muy flexible y potente." #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -1385,7 +1385,7 @@ msgid "" "**graph view** icon to display a visual representation of your salespeople " "by stage. This custom report allows you to easily overview the sales " "activities of your salespeople." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde el informe del análisis de su flujo de trabajo, asegúrese primero de que la opción de los **Ingresos esperados** esté seleccionada en la lista desplegable **Medidas**. A continuación, utilice el icono de **+** y **-** para añadir **Vendedores** y **Etapas** a su eje vertical, y así filtrar su vendedor deseado. Luego haga clic en el icono de la **vista de gráfico** para mostrar una representación visual de sus vendedores por etapa. Este informe personalizado podrá comprobar fácilmente las actividades de ventas de sus vendedores." #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:105 msgid "Forecast monthly revenue by sales team" @@ -1412,7 +1412,7 @@ msgid "" "In order to keep your forecasts accurate and relevant, make sure your " "salespeople correctly set up the expected closing and the expected revenue " "for each one of their opportunities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con el fin de mantener sus previsiones precisas y pertinentes, asegúrese que sus vendedores hayan configurado correctamente el cierre esperado y los ingresos previstos para cada una de sus oportunidades" #: ../../crm/reporting/analysis.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" @@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../salesteam/setup/organize_pipeline`" #: ../../crm/reporting/review.rst:3 msgid "How to review my personal sales activities (new sales dashboard)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cómo revisar mis actividades de ventas personales (nuevo tablero de ventas)" #: ../../crm/salesteam.rst:3 ../../crm/salesteam/setup.rst:3 msgid "Sales Team" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index ad5866a2e..dc81a2a7b 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Pedro M. Baeza , 2015 # Rojas Pablo , 2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-03 11:43+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-06 13:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Rojas Pablo \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-18 20:25+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Pedro M. Baeza \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -20,4 +21,4 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../index.rst:3 msgid "Odoo User Documentation" -msgstr "Documentación de Usuario Odoo" +msgstr "Documentación de usuario de Odoo" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2efb11967 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory.po @@ -0,0 +1,6491 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) 2015, Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. +# +# Translators: +# Javier Sabena , 2015 +# miguelchuga , 2015 +# Rojas Pablo , 2015 +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-17 09:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-19 18:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Javier Sabena \n" +"Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: es\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#: ../../inventory.rst:5 ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Códigos de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 +msgid "Daily Operations" +msgstr "Operaciones diarias" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory adjustment with barcodes?" +msgstr "¿Cómo hacer un ajuste de inventario con los códigos de barras?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "From the Barcode application:" +msgstr "A partir de la aplicación del código de barras:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Inventory**" +msgstr "Haga clic en **Inventario**" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Scan all the products (if you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times, or" +" use the keyboard to set the quantity)." +msgstr "Escanear todos los productos (si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanearlos 5 veces, o utilizar el teclado para establecer la cantidad)." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, scan the location before scanning the " +"products. Eg. scan a shelf's barcode ; scan each product on the shelf ; " +"repeat for each shelf in the wharehouse." +msgstr "Si gestiona varias ubicaciones, revise el lugar antes de escanear los productos. Por ejemplo. escanear el código de barras de un estante; escanear cada producto en el estante; repita para cada estante en el almacén." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you've scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or by scanning the **Validate** barcode." +msgstr "Cuando haya escaneado todos los productos del lugar, valide el inventario de forma manual o mediante el escaneo de **validación** del código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders?" +msgstr "¿Cómo procesar órdenes de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process delivery orders: you can either work on " +"printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "Existen dos enfoques para procesar órdenes de entrega: se puede trabajar con documentos impresos (y escanear líneas en los documentos), o en una pantalla (y escanear productos directamente)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed delivery orders:" +msgstr "Procesar órdenes de entrega impresas:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print delivery orders of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Do** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "Imprima las órdenes de entrega del día seleccionando todos los documentos desde la lista *To Do (Pendientes)* e imprima * Picking Operations (Operaciones de Picking)* desde el menú superior." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your delivery orders, **scan the barcode** on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "Una vez que empezó a procesar sus órdenes de entrega, ** escanee el código de barras** en el rincón superior derecho del documento para cargar el registro correcto en la pantalla." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, **scan the barcode** of every product, or scan the barcode of the " +"product on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily " +"accessible, visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once you scanned all products, scan the **Validate** barcode action to " +"finish the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:30 +msgid "Process delivery orders from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "Procesar órdenes de entrega desde una computadora o dispositivo móvil:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Load all the delivery orders marked as **To Do**, and open the first one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:33 +msgid "Pick up and scan each listed product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate barcode** action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/delivery.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Move to the next delivery order to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an internal transfer?" +msgstr "¿Cómo realizar una transferencia interna?" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, there are two types of internal transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Those initiated automatically by the system (for example, a quality control)" +msgstr "Aquellos iniciados automáticamente por el sistema ( por ej., un control de calidad)" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Those created by a worker (for example, through the internal transfer area " +"of the dashboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:13 +msgid "To make an Internal Transfer:" +msgstr "Realizar una transferencia interna:" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:15 +msgid "From the home of the barcode application, scan the **source location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:17 +msgid "Pick up and **scan the products**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:19 +msgid "Scan the **destination location**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:21 +msgid "**Validate** the transfer to finish it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle lots and serial numbers with barcodes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lots Numbers can be encoded from incoming shipments, internal moves and " +"outgoing deliveries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In the barcode interface, **scan** the products you want create a lot from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If this product should be manage by lots, a window opens to help you scan " +"the lots/serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Scan** a lot barcode, **type** one manually or **leave empty** to generate" +" one automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:16 +msgid "Click or scan **Validate** once you are done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:18 +msgid "What is the difference between **Lots** and **Serial Numbers**?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**Lot** numbers are attributed to several identical products, so each time " +"you scan a lot number, Odoo will add one on the product count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"On the opposite, a **serial number** is unique, and represented by only one " +"barcode, sticked on only one item. This means that Odoo won't accept " +"scanning the same serial number more than once per operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:32 +msgid "Here, we configured **Lu - Petit Beukelaer** tracking by lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Scan a product from this incoming shipment, then scan the lot number of each" +" product (you can also use the keyboard)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/lots_serial_numbers.rst:43 +msgid "Click save/scan **Validate** and you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to process incoming receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to process incoming receipts: you can either work " +"on printed documents (and scan lines on the documents), or on a screen (and " +"scan products directly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:10 +msgid "Process printed incoming receipts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Print incoming receipts of the day by selecting all documents from the **To " +"Receive** list and print **Picking Operations** from the top menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you start processing your incoming receipts, scan the barcode on the " +"top-right corner of the document to load the right record on the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Then, scan the barcode of every product, or scan the barcode of the product " +"on the picking line if the barcode on the product is not easily accessible, " +"visible or is missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:28 +msgid "Process incoming receipts from a computer or mobile device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Load all the incoming receipts marked as **To Receive**, and open the first " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When you've picked all the items, click the **Validate** button or scan the " +"**Validate** barcode action to finish the Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Move to the next incoming receipt to process by clicking on the top-right " +"right **arrow** or scanning the **Pager-Next** barcode action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ejemplo" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:44 +msgid "Open operation interface." +msgstr "Interfaz de operación abierta." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:49 +msgid "Scan." +msgstr "Escanear." + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/operations/receipts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The picking appears. Scan items and/or fill in informations using the mouse " +"and keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "Encuentre el escáner de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with always the possibility to" +" check your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists in a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothy. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "Configurar su escáner de código de barras" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "Diseño del teclado" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "How to activate the barcodes in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of the time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 +msgid "Set products barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to fill a picking or to perform an inventory, you need to make sure" +" that your products are encoded in Odoo along with their barcodes. If this " +"is not already done, you can fill in the products barcodes through a handy " +"interface. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and click the **Configure Product Barcodes** button. This interface can also" +" be accessed via the planner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Product variants: be careful to add barcodes directly on the variant, and " +"not the template product (otherwise you won't be able to differentiate " +"them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:31 +msgid "Set locations barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations`. There is button in the **Print** menu " +"that you can use to print the locations names and barcodes. There are 4 " +"barcodes per page, arranged in a way that is convenient to print on sticker " +"paper." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Example of location naming: **warehouse short name** - **location short " +"name** - (**Corridor X** - **Shelf Y** - **Height Z**) Example: A032-025-133" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:52 +msgid "Barcode formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " +"proper authorization: you must pay the International Article Numbering " +"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence (that's why no two " +"products in a store will ever have the same EAN code)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, so you can always define " +"your own barcode format for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory Adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:3 +msgid "How to make the initial inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:5 +msgid "" +"One of the most important feature in an warehouse management software is to " +"keep the inventory right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your products have been defined, it is time to make your initial " +"inventory. You will reflect reality by inventorying the right quantities in " +"the right locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Product Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory module, open the :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, then click on **Create** to create a new product. Configure the " +"product type so that it is **Stockable** and not a consumable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:23 +msgid "Start the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:26 +msgid "Update the product quantity for one product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:28 +msgid "" +"In the product you just created, you can see in the upper tiles that we have" +" 0 product On Hand. Click on the **Update qty on Hand** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A new window opens. In the **New Quantity on Hand** field, type the quantity" +" of product you currently hold in stock, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:39 +msgid "" +"if you are using multiple locations for your warehouse, you will be able to " +"set the location of your product from this screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can now see from the On Hand tab that the quantity has been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now, if you check the **Inventory Adjustments** in the **Inventory Control**" +" menu, you will see that a new line named \"INV: (name of your product)\" " +"has automatically been created and validated by the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:55 +msgid "Multiple products at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Create all the products for which you want to follow the stock (as stockable" +" products). Once the required products in stock have been defined, use an " +"initial inventory operation to put the current quantities into the system by" +" location. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to start your initial inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Give it a name (for example Initial Inventory) and select the stock location" +" of your inventory. Note that when you select a parent location (such as " +"Stock, which might be split into sub locations), you can also select the sub" +" (or child) locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can choose between making an inventory for all products, for a few or " +"only for one. In this case, we choose the **All products** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you need your stock valuation to be done in a different period than the " +"one that will be selected by default according to the inventory end date, " +"enter the corresponding accounting period in the Force Valuation Period " +"field. The accounting module needs to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click the **Start Inventory** button. Depending on the type of inventory you" +" have chosen (all products or selected ones) you might have to add products " +"manually by clicking on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add the **Real Quantity** that you have in your stock for each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:92 +msgid "" +"additional information will be available according to the options you " +"activated (multi-locations, serial number, consignee stocks)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the **Validate Inventory** button to confirm the inventory and post " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:102 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Informes" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/initial_inventory.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To check the current stock, go to :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> " +"Products`, and click on the **list button**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose between minimum stock rule and make to order?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock rules** and **Make to Order** have similar consequences but " +"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " +"delivery strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:10 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:13 +msgid "Minimum stock rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Minimum Stock** rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " +"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " +"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" +" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement with the " +"quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:56 +msgid "Make to Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Make to Order** function will trigger a **Purchase Order** of the " +"amount of the **Sales Order** related to the product. The system will " +"**not** check the current stock valuation. This means that a draft purchase " +"order will be generated regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:28 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:10 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:22 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:33 +msgid "Minimum stock rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory Control --> Reordering Rule` in the " +"drop down menu. There, click on **Create** to set minimum and maximum stock " +"values for a given product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " +"**Inventory submenu**, do not forget to select a supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to select the right product type in the product form. A " +"consumable can not be stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the " +"stock valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " +"your :menuselection:`Inventory module --> Inventory control --> Products` " +"(or any other module where products are available)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:62 +msgid "On the product form, under **Inventory**, click on **Make To Order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:68 +msgid "Choice between the two options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " +"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " +"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " +"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "" +"How to send products to customers directly from suppliers (drop-shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 +msgid "What is drop-shipping?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " +"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " +"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " +"stock, and then shipped to your customers after ordering. With drop-" +"shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in your shop, " +"the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer. Therefore," +" the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "Points to be considered while implementing drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " +"stock. One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that " +"are drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of" +" space in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Drop-shipping is best for niche products. Chances are that products that are" +" in high demand are being offered by large suppliers at a fraction of the " +"price you'll be able to charge, so using a more costly shipping method won't" +" be financially rewarding. But if your product is unique, then it makes " +"sense!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To protect your customers from bad experiences, test drop-shipping companies" +" for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure time is not against you. Drop-shipping should take a reasonable " +"amount of time and surely not more than it would have taken you to handle it" +" all by yourself. It's also nice to be able to provide your customers with a" +" tracking number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Items have to be available from your supplier. It's good to know if the " +"product you're selling is available upstream. If you don't have that " +"information, inform your customers that you don't hold the item in stock and" +" that it's subject to availability from a third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"For more information and insights on Drop-shipping, read our blog on `What " +"is drop-shipping and how to use it `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:50 +msgid "Configuring drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Go " +"to **Location & Warehouse**, locate the **Dropshipping** option and tick the" +" box **Allow suppliers to deliver directly to your customers**. Then, click " +"on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Then go to the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Locate **Order Routing** and tick the box **Choose specific routes on sales " +"order lines (advanced)**. Click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Now, open the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Add a " +"supplier to the products you want to dropship." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:74 +msgid "How to send products from the customers directly to the suppliers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Create a **Sales Order** and specify on a sales order line for your products" +" that the route is **Dropshipping**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchases --> Requests for " +"Quotation`. The draft purchase order is automatically created from the " +"procurement with the drop-shipping route. Once the order is confirmed, you " +"will see that one shipment has been created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To confirm the sending from the vendor to the customer, go back to " +"**Inventory** app. On the dashboard, click on **# TO RECEIVE** on the " +"dropship card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"It will open the list of drop-shipping transfers. Validate the transfer once" +" it has been done. The items will be directly delivered from the partner to " +"the customer without transiting to your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " +"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " +"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 +msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +msgid "" +"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " +"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " +"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " +"to handle orders very quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" +" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " +"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " +"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " +"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " +"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " +"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " +"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 +msgid "One step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 +msgid "Two steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 +msgid "Three steps flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 +msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in one step (shipping)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:6 ../../inventory/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Información general" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"There is no configuration needed. The default outgoing shipments are " +"configured to be directly delivered from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:18 +msgid "" +"However, if **advance routes** is activated and you set another shipping " +"configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " +"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` " +"and edit the concerned warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Set the outgoing shippings the option to **Ship directly from stock (Ship " +"Only)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:68 +msgid "Create a Sales Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order (From quotation to sales order) with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``1`` delivery associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **1 Delivery** stat button, you should now see your " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:88 +msgid "Process a Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:143 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO DO** link under the **Delivery " +"Orders** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:53 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:149 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:99 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Click on the picking that you want to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:58 +msgid "" +"This has completed the **Shipping Step** and the WH/OUT should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page, which means the " +"product has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the scheduled delivery date computed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Scheduled dates are computed in order to be able to plan deliveries, " +"receptions and so on. Depending on the habits of your company Odoo " +"automatically generates scheduled dates via the scheduler. The Odoo " +"scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " +"a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " +"dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "Configuring lead times" +msgstr "Configurando tiempo de entregas" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Configuring **lead times** is a first essentiel move in order to compute " +"scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " +"manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:22 +msgid "At a product level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:24 +msgid "**Supplier lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Is the time needed for the supplier to deliver your purchased product. To " +"configure the supplier lead time select a product, and go in the " +"**Inventory** tab. You will have to add a vendor to your product in order to" +" select a supplier lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Do not forget that it is possible to add different vendors and thus " +"different delivery lead times depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once a vendor is selected, just open its form and fill its **Delivery lead " +"time**. In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery" +" days will be equal to: **Date** of the purchase order + **Delivery Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "**Customer lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Customer lead time is the time needed to get your product from your store / " +"warehouse to your customer. It can be configured for any product. Simply " +"select a product, go into the sales tab and indicate your **Customer lead " +"time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "**Manufacturing lead time**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +msgid "" +"At the same page it is possible to configure the **Manufacturing Lead Time**" +" as well. Manufacturing lead time is the time needed to manufacture the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to tick the manufacturing box in inventory if you want to " +"create manufacturing routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:67 +msgid "At the company level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:69 +msgid "" +"At company level, it is possible to configure **security days** in order to " +"cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " +"is to subtract **backup** days from the **computed scheduled date** in case " +"of delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:74 +msgid "**Sales Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Sales safety days are **back-up** days to ensure you will be able to deliver" +" your clients engagements in times. They are margins of errors for delivery " +"lead times. Security days are the same logic as the early wristwatch, in " +"order to arrive on time. The idea is to subtract the numbers of security " +"days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " +"the one you promised to your client. In that way you are sure to be able to " +"keep your commitment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To set ut your security dates, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"settings` and click on **Configure your company data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the menu is open, go in the configuration tab and indicate the number " +"of safety days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "**Purchase Safety days**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +msgid "Purchase days follow to the same logic than sales security days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"They are margins of error for vendor lead times. When the system generates " +"purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled that many " +"days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can " +"be found in the same menu as the sales safety days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Note that you can also configure a default Manufacturing lead time from " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "At route level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The internal transfers that a product might do due to the movement of stocks" +" can also influence the computed date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **inventory** " +"app when creating a new push rule in a route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:118 +msgid "Go to the push rules section on a route form to set a delay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "At sale order level:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +msgid "**Requested date**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility to select a requested date by the client by " +"indicating the date in the other information tab of the sales order. If this" +" date is earlier than the theoreticaly computed date odoo will automatically" +" display a warning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:139 +msgid "" +"As an example, you may sell a car today (January 1st), that is purchased on " +"order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." +" In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " +"on your configuration:" +msgstr "A modo de ejemplo, puede vender un coche hoy (1 de enero), que se compra en la orden, y que prometen entregar a su cliente dentro de los 20 días (20 de enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes eventos, en base a su configuración:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:144 +msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" +msgstr "19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" +msgstr "18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de compra)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:149 +msgid "" +"January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " +"lead time)" +msgstr "10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de espera en la entrega del proveedor)" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " +"need on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in three steps (pick + pack + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default on a **one-step** operation: once all goods are available," +" they can be shipped in bulk in a single delivery order. However, that " +"process may not reflect the reality and your company may require more steps " +"before shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With the **three steps** process (**Pick + Pack + Ship**), the items are " +"transferred to a packing area, where they will be assembled by area of " +"destination, and then set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the " +"customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A few configuration steps are necessary in order to accomplish **Pick + Pack" +" + Ship** in Odoo. These steps create some additional locations, which by " +"default are called **Output** and **Packing Zone**. So, if your warehouse's " +"code is ``WH``, this configuration will create a location called " +"``WH/Output`` and another one called ``WH/Packing Zone``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Goods will move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** in the first step. " +"Then move from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output**. Then finally it will be" +" delivered from **WH/Output** to its **final destination**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Check out :doc:`inventory_flow` to determine if this inventory flow is the " +"correct method for your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "Install the Inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "From the **App** menu, search and install the **Inventory** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You will also need to install the **Sales** module to be able to issue sales" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "Allow managing routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via **routes**. Routes provide a" +" mechanism to link different actions together. In this case, we will link " +"the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Location & Warehouse --> Routes`, activate the radio " +"button **Advanced routing of products using rules**. Make sure that the " +"option **Manage several locations per warehouse** is activated as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "Configure the warehouse for Pick + Pack + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse " +"that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Make packages into a dedicated " +"location, bring them to the output location for shipping (Pick + Pack + " +"Ship).**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "Create a Sale Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"From the **Sale** module, create a sales order with some products to " +"deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``3`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **stat button** above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:87 +msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "The first with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The second one with the reference **PACK** that is the packing process," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:93 +msgid "The last with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "How to Process the Picking Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock and Go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:101 +msgid "Click on **Reserve** to reserve the products if they are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing" +" Zone**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking Step and the **WH/PICK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Packing Zone** location, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Packing)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "How to Process the Packing Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TRANSFERS** link under the **Pack**" +" kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Packing Zone** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:135 +msgid "" +"This has completed the packing step and the **WH/PACK** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Packing Zone** to **WH/Output location**, which makes the " +"product available for the next step (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:111 +msgid "How to Process the Shipping Step?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"**customer** (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the " +"quantities listed in the **To Do** column)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** should now show " +"**Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to process delivery orders in two steps (pick + ship)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " +"set up by default to utilize a **one-step** operation: once all goods are " +"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " +"your company's business process may have one or more steps that happen " +"before shipping. In the **two steps** process, the items in a delivery order" +" are **picked** in the warehouse and brought to an **output location** for " +"**shipping**. The goods are then shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to accomplish a **Pick + Ship** delivery in Odoo, there are a few " +"necessary configuration steps. These steps create an additional location, " +"which by default is called **Output**. So, if your warehouse's code is " +"``WH``, this configuration will create a location called ``WH/Output``. " +"Goods will move from ``WH/Stock`` to ``WH/Output`` in the first step " +"(picking). Then, they move from ``WH/Output`` to ``WH/Customers`` (in the " +"case of sales orders) in the second step (shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Allow management of routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Odoo configures movement of delivery orders via the **routes**. Routes " +"provide a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we " +"will chain the picking step to the shipping step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the radio button **Advanced routing of products using rules** is" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on **Apply** at the top of the page to save changes (if you needed to " +"check the radio button above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you checked option **Advanced routing of products using rules** you may " +"need to activate **Manage several locations per warehouse** if it wasn't " +"activated beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:55 +msgid "Configure warehouse for Pick + Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To configure a **Pick + Ship** move, go to :menuselection:`Configuration -->" +" Warehouses` and edit the warehouse that will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For outgoing shippings, set the option to **Bring goods to output location " +"before shipping (Pick + Ship)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Install the **Sale** if it is not the case, and create a sales order with " +"some products to deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Notice that we now see ``2`` transfers associated with this sales order in " +"the **Delivery** stat button above the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you click on the **2 Transfers** stat button, you should now see two " +"different pickings, one with a reference **PICK** to designate the picking " +"process and another with a reference **OUT** to designate the shipping " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Ensure that you have enough product in stock, and go to **Inventory** and " +"click on the **Waiting** link under the **Pick** kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Stock** to " +"**WH/Output**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"This has completed the picking step and the **WH/PICK** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"moved from **WH/Stock** to **WH/Output** location, which makes the product " +"**available for the next step** (Shipping)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Output** to the " +"customer (Click **Apply** to assign the quantities based on the quantities " +"listed in the **To Do** column)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:125 +msgid "" +"This has completed the shipping step and the **WH/OUT** move should now show" +" **Done** in the status column at the top of the page. The product has been " +"shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 +msgid "Incoming Shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 +msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" +" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " +"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 +msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 +msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " +"before being admitted in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " +"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " +"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " +"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 +msgid "The principles are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 +msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " +"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " +"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " +"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " +"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" +" goods receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" +" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " +"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " +"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " +"return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 +msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt? (3 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received good. The goal is " +"to check that the products correspond to the quality requirements agreed " +"with the suppliers. Therefore, adding a quality control step in the goods " +"receipt process can become essential." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" +" steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. By default," +" the reception is a one step process, but changing the configuration can " +"allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The 3 steps flow is as follows: You receive the goods in an input area, then" +" transfer them into quality area for quality control. When the quality check" +" has been processed, you can move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you" +" may change the quantity and only transfer to stock the quantity that is " +"valid and decide that you will return the quantity that is not good." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:18 +msgid "This is the case that will be explained in this document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:24 +msgid "Use advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the routes option **Advance routing of product using rules** is " +"checked, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **Manage several locations per warehouse** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "How to add a quality control step in goods receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` " +"and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (**Receive " +"goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To add quality control before transfer goods into stock location, tick " +"**Unload in input location, go through a quality control before being " +"admitted in stock (3 steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "How to control a receipt?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:65 +msgid "How to process the receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase** app, create a **Request for Quotation**. Click on the " +"**Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** related" +" to purchase order in the stat button above the purchase order form view. " +"This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the link **# TO RECEIVE** in the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process. Click on **Validate** to " +"complete the move from the **Vendor** location to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"This has completed the receipt step and the status column at the top of the " +"page for **WH/IN** should now show **Done**. The product has been moved from" +" the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, which makes the product " +"available for the next step (Move to the quality control zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:89 +msgid "" +"How to move your product from the receipt zone to the quality control zone ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Inventory** dashboard. You will see that there is one transfer " +"ready (the move to the quality control zone) and one waiting (the move to " +"the stock after the control). Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the " +"**Internal Transfers** to process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to complete the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Quality" +" Control**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the status column at the " +"top of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt is now " +"ready to be controlled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:109 +msgid "How to to process the quality control ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the link **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** card to " +"process the quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Click on the last picking to process. Click on **Validate** to complete the " +"move from **WH/Quality Control** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:121 +msgid "" +"This has completed the quality control step and the status column at the top" +" of the page for **WH/INT** should now show **Done**. The receipt has been " +"controlled and has moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "How to unload your shipment to an input location? (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The 2 steps flow is the following : You receive the goods in an input area " +"then transfer them from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are " +"not transferred in your stock, they will not be available for further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To allow management of routes, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure that **“Manage several locations per warehouse”** is also ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "How to configure your warehouse ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to the the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouse` and choose the warehouse where you want to change reception " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +msgid "" +"By default, warehouses are configured with one step reception (option " +"**Receive goods directly into stock**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add the control step, tick **Unload in input location then go to stock (2" +" steps)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +msgid "How to receipt a shipment in 2 steps?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:57 +msgid "How to process the Receipt step ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the purchase module, create a **Request for Quotation**, then click on " +"the **Confirm order** button. You can see that there is one **Shipment** " +"related to purchase order in the **stat button** above the purchase order " +"form view. This is the receipt step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Go to **Inventory** and click on the **# TO RECEIVE** link on the " +"**Receipts** card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt that you want to process, then click on **Validate** to" +" complete the move from the **Vendor** to **WH/Input**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This has completed the Receipt Step and the move refered with **WH/IN**. The" +" product has been moved from the **Vendor** to the **WH/Input** location, " +"which makes the product available for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:81 +msgid "How to to transfer the receipt to your stock ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go back to the **Inventory** dashboard. The waiting transfer is now ready. " +"Click on the **# TRANSFERS** in the **Internal Transfers** to process the " +"quality control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking you want to process. Click on **Validate** to complete " +"the move from **WH/Input** to **WH/Stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:93 +msgid "" +"This has completed the internal transfer step and the move refered with " +"**WH/INT**. The receipt has been moved to your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`three_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:6 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:170 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introducción" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage lots of identical products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " +"lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other info. Lots" +" will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a production " +"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots ensuring compliance with the " +"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:17 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " +"traceability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "Setting up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "Application configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of lots in the settings. In the **Inventory**" +" application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, select " +"**Track lots or serial numbers**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In order to have an advanced management of the lots, you should also select " +"**Manage several locations per warehouse**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:31 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "Operation types configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You also need to set up how you will manage lots for each operations. In the" +" **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Operation Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries,...), you can set if" +" you can create new lot numbers or only use existing lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Finally, you have to configure which products you want to track in lots." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **Tracking by Lots**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +msgid "Manage lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:49 +msgid "Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by lot, you have to " +"input the lot number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 +msgid "Click on the lot icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the lot number " +"and the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Depending on your operation type configuration, you will be able to fill in " +"new lot numbers, or only use existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +msgid "Inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Inventory of a product tracked by lot can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 +msgid "Classic inventory by products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +msgid "Inventory of a lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When doing a classic inventory, there is a **Serial Number** column. If the " +"product has already been assigned with a number, it is already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create lots, just type in a new lot number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a lot. In this case, you will have to " +"fill in the **Lot number**. You can also create a new lot from here. Just " +"type in the number, a window will pop out to link the number to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:120 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can check the lot traceability from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/Lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:128 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 +msgid "You can have more details by clicking on the **Traceability** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:134 +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "How to work with serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Serial Number Tracking is used to track products with serial numbers on " +"every transactions. You can track the current location of the product with " +"serial numbers. When the products are moved from one location to another " +"location, the system will automatically identify the current location of the" +" product based on last movement of the product. So you can get the last " +"location where the products are moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You need activate the tracking of serial numbers in the settings. In the " +"**Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`, select **Track lots or serial numbers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Go into :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, and open the " +"product of your choice. Click on **Edit**, and in the **Inventory** tab, " +"select **By Unique Serial Number**, then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:46 +msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In order to process a transfer of a product tracked by serial number, you " +"have to input the number(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 +msgid "Click on the serial number icon :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"A window will pop-up. Click on **Add an item** and fill in the serial " +"numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you move products that already have serial numbers assigned, those will " +"appear in the list. Just click on the **+** icon to to confirm that you are " +"moving those serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "In the scanner interface, you just have to scan the serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Inventory of a product tracked by serial numbers can be done in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:82 +msgid "Inventory of a serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Click on **Add an item** if the product has not been inventoried yet. You " +"can easily create serial numbers, just type in a new number in the column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "The quantity should be 1 for each line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You can also just do the inventory of a serial number. In this case, you " +"will have to fill in the serial number. You can also create a new one from " +"here. Just type in the number, a window will pop out to link it to a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "Serial Number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The serial number given to these items allow you to keep track of where they" +" were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " +"shipped to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To track an item, open the **Inventory** module, and in " +":menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Serial Numbers/lots`, click on the " +"serial number corresponding to your search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage stock that you don't own?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some suppliers can sometimes offer you to store and sell products without " +"having to buy those items: this technique is called **consignee stock**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" +" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buying a product that they are " +"not sure to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to propose an " +"item to check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo has the ability to manage consignee stocks through the advanced " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" in the **Product Owners** section, select **Manage consignee stocks " +"(advanced)**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:32 +msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory's Dashboard, open the **Receipts** and create a new " +"reception. You can see that in the right side of the page, a new **Owner** " +"line has appeared. You can specify the partner which owns the stock or leave" +" it blank if you are the owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure and run schedulers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:6 +msgid "What is a scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The scheduler is the calculation engine which plans and prioritises " +"production and purchasing automatically according to the rules defined on " +"products. By default, the scheduler is set to run once a day (Odoo " +"automatically creates a **Scheduled Action** for this)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:14 +msgid "Calculating Requirements / Scheduling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Scheduling only validates procurements that are confirmed but not yet " +"started. These procurement reservations will themselves start production, " +"tasks or purchases depending on the configuration of the requested product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You take into account the priority of operations when starting reservations " +"and procurements. Urgent requests, those with a date in the past, or " +"requests with a date earlier than the others will be started first. In case " +"there are not enough products in stock to satisfy all the requests, you can " +"be sure that the most urgent requests will be produced first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:29 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:32 +msgid "Run the scheduler manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help --> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can also start the scheduler manually from the menu " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Schedulers --> Run Schedulers`. The scheduler " +"uses all the relevant parameters defined for products, suppliers and the " +"company to determine the priorities between the different production orders," +" deliveries and supplier purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:48 +msgid "Configure and run the scheduler (only for advanced users)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:50 +msgid "" +"This feature is not visible by default. You have to enable **debug mode** to" +" see this. To enable debug mode, go to :menuselection:`Help -> About` and " +"click on **Activate the developer mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can set the starting time of the scheduler by modifying the " +"corresponding action in the menu :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`. Modify the Run mrp Scheduler " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`../delivery/scheduled_dates`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:3 +msgid "How to scrap products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Scrap means waste that either has no economic value or only the value of its" +" basic material" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:11 +msgid "content recoverable through recycling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In your warehouse you sometimes find products that are damaged or that are " +"unusable due to expiry or for some other reason. You often notice this " +"during picking or physical inventory." +msgstr "En su depósito usted a veces encuentra productos que están dañados o que no son utilizables debido a la fecha de vencimiento u otras razones. Habitualmente nota esto durante las actividades de picking o de inventario físico." + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Since you cannot normally sell or store these products, you have to scrap " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When goods are scrapped they are not reflected in the system as a part of " +"the inventory. The scrapped material will be physically moved to scrap area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When you install inventory management, odoo automatically creates one " +"default scrap location, namely **Virtual location/Scrapped**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create an extra scrap location, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Setting` and check **Manage several locations per " +"warehouse**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After applying **Manage several location per warehouse**, you can create a " +"new scrap location in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management" +" --> Locations.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To define a scrap location, you have to check **Is a Scrap Location?** on " +"location form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:47 +msgid "Different ways to scrap product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:49 +msgid "Odoo provides several ways to scrap products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:52 +msgid "1) Scrap from Receipt (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from incoming shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Open the incoming shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:67 +msgid "2) Scrap from delivery order (Initial Demand tab) ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from outgoing shipment, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Delivery Orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Open the outgoing shipment, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:82 +msgid "3) Scrap from internal transfer (Initial Demand tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To scrap product from internal transfer, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Dashboard --> Receipts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the internal transfer, and in the **Initial demand** tab, click on the " +"scrap products button on stock move in initial demand tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When you click on scrap button, a popup will open. You can enter the " +"quantity of products, and specify the scrap location, then click on " +"**Scrap**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/misc/scrap.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To allow change scrap location on wizard, you have to select **Manage " +"several location per warehouse** in the settings at " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Setting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "How to do an inventory valuation?" +msgstr "Como hacer una valuación de inventario?" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:5 +msgid "What are the different inventory valuation methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:8 +msgid "Costing Method" +msgstr "Método de Costeo" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:10 +msgid "" +"International accounting standards define several ways to compute product " +"costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 +msgid "Standard Price" +msgstr "Precio Estandard" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:23 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:101 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:140 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operación" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:24 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:63 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:102 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:141 +msgid "Unit Cost" +msgstr "Costo Unitario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:25 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:142 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Cantidad Disponible" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:65 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:104 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:143 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Valor Delta" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:66 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valor de Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:73 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:112 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:151 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:161 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:69 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:147 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:71 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:107 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:110 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:146 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:149 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:72 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:111 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:150 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Recibe 8 productos a $10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:35 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:74 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:113 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:152 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:114 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:153 +msgid "+8*$10" +msgstr "+8*$10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:154 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:116 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:155 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Recibe 4 Productos a $16" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:40 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:79 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:118 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:157 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:41 +msgid "+4*$10" +msgstr "+4*$10" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:42 +msgid "$120" +msgstr "$120" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:121 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:160 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Entregar 10 Productos" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:123 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:162 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:48 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:165 +msgid "$20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:49 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:129 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:168 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:52 +msgid "+2*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:53 +msgid "$40" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 +msgid "Average Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:78 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:117 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:156 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:80 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:119 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:158 +msgid "+4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:81 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:120 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:159 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:82 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products [#average-removal]_" +msgstr "Entregar 10 productos [#average-removal]_" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-10*$12" +msgstr "-10*$12" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:87 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:127 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:166 +msgid "Receive 2 Products at $6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:89 +msgid "$9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:91 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:169 +msgid "+2*$6" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:92 +msgid "$36" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:130 +msgid "FIFO" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:122 +msgid "$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-8*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-2*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:126 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 +msgid "$32" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:128 +msgid "$11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:131 +msgid "$44" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:170 +msgid "LIFO (not accepted in IFRS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-4*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:0 +msgid "-6*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:167 +msgid "$8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The costing method is defined on the product form: standard, average or real" +" price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:175 +msgid "" +"For \"real price\", the costing is further refined by the removal strategy " +"(on the warehouse location or product category), FIFO by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:179 +msgid "Periodic Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:181 +msgid "" +"In a periodic inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"have no direct impact in the accounting. At the end of the month or year, " +"the accountant post one journal entry representing the value of the physical" +" inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +msgid "Supplier Invoice" +msgstr "Factura de Proveedor" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "\\" +msgstr "\\" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Débito" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:192 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:216 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Crédito" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 +msgid "Assets: Inventory" +msgstr "Activos: Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:194 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:221 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 +msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:195 +msgid "4.68" +msgstr "4.68" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 +msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" +msgstr "Pasivo: Cuentas por Pagar" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:196 +msgid "54.68" +msgstr "54.68" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:203 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "Explicación:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:200 +msgid "A temporary account is used to note goods to receive" +msgstr "Una cuenta temporal, se utiliza para señalar bienes para recibir" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The purchase order provides prices of goods, the actual invoice may include " +"extra costs such as shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The company still needs to pay the vendor (traded an asset against a " +"liability)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:237 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Configuration:" +msgstr "Configuración:" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Inventory: defined on the product or the category of related product, field:" +" Stock Input Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:209 +msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the supplier related to the bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:210 +msgid "Goods Receptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:211 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:242 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 +msgid "No Journal Entry" +msgstr "No Entrada de diario" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:239 +msgid "Customer Invoice" +msgstr "Factura de Cliente" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 +msgid "Revenue: Goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:218 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 +msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:219 +msgid "9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 +msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Activos: Cuenta por Cobrar" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:220 +msgid "109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:222 +msgid "Expenses: Cost of Goods Sold" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:226 +msgid "Revenues increase by $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:227 +msgid "A tax to pay at the end of the month of $9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:228 +msgid "The customer owns you $109" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:229 +msgid "The inventory is decreased by $50 (shipping of the goods)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:230 +msgid "The cost of goods sold decreases the gross profit by $50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Revenue: defined on the product, or the product category if not on the " +"product, field Income Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:234 +msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:235 +msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:236 +msgid "Inventory: defined on the category of the related product (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Expenses: defined on the product, or the category of product (property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " +"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +msgstr "La posición fiscal utilizada en la factura puede tener una regla que sustituye a la Cuenta de ingresos o el impuesto definido en el producto por otro." + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:241 +msgid "Customer Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:244 +msgid "Manufacturing Orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:250 +msgid "" +"At the end of the month/year, the company do a physical inventory (or just " +"rely on the inventory in Odoo). They multiply the quantity of each product " +"by its cost to know the inventory value of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:256 +msgid "" +"If the real value of the inventory is $4800 but the *14000 Inventory* " +"account has a balance of $4200, the following journal entry is created " +"manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 +msgid "14000 Inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:263 +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 +msgid "$600" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:264 +msgid "14700 Inventory Variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:268 +msgid "Perpetual Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In a perpetual inventory valuation, goods reception and outgoing shipments " +"are directly posted in the accounting. The inventory valuation is always up-" +"to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/management/reporting/valuation_methods.rst:278 +msgid "products leaving the stock have no impact on the average price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Main Concepts" +msgstr "Conceptos Principales" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:5 +msgid "Double-Entry Inventory Management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A double-entry inventory has no stock input, output (disparition of " +"products) or transformation. Instead, all operations are stock moves between" +" locations (possibly virtual)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:16 +msgid "Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:30 +msgid "Production Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:24 +msgid "Consume:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "2 Wheels: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bike Frame: Stock → Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:26 +msgid "Produce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:27 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Production → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Stock: the location the Manufacturing Order is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Production: on the product form, field \"Production Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:33 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:36 +msgid "Configurarion:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: on the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Customer: on the sale order itself" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:45 +msgid "Client Delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:39 +msgid "Pick" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:40 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Stock → Packing Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:41 +msgid "Pack" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:42 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Packing Zone → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:44 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "on the pick+pack+ship route for the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:52 +msgid "Inter-Warehouse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:49 +msgid "Transfer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse 1 → Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 2: the location the transfer is initiated from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Warehouse 1: on the transit route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:57 +msgid "Broken Product (scrapped)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:55 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Scrap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:58 +msgid "Scrap: Scrap Location when creating the scrapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:60 +msgid "Missing products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:61 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Warehouse → Inventory Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:62 +msgid "Extra products in inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:63 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Inventory Loss → Warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:65 +msgid "Inventory Loss: \"Inventory Location\" field on the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:72 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "1 Bicycle: Input → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Supplier: purchase order supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:0 +msgid "Input: \"destination\" field on the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:75 +msgid "Analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Inventory analysis can use products count or products value (= number of " +"products * product cost)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:80 +msgid "For each inventory location, multiple data points can be analysed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:148 +msgid "Procurements & Procurement Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:150 +msgid "" +"A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of products to a specific" +" location. They can be created manually or automatically triggered by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:159 +msgid "New sale orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:162 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Effect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:157 +msgid "" +"A procurement is created at the customer location for every product ordered " +"by the customer (you have to deliver the customer)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Procurement Location: on the customer, field \"Customer Location\" " +"(property)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:164 +msgid "Minimum Stock Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:163 +msgid "A procurement is created at the rule's location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:165 +msgid "Procurement location: on the rule, field \"Location\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "Procurement rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:168 +msgid "A new procurement is created on the rule's source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:170 +msgid "" +"*Procurement rules* describe how procurements on specific locations should " +"be fulfilled e.g.:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:173 +msgid "where the product should come from (source location)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:174 +msgid "" +"whether the procurement is :abbr:`MTO (Made To Order)` or :abbr:`MTS (Made " +"To Stock)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:182 +msgid "Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:184 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are grouped in routes. Routes define paths the product " +"must follow. Routes may be applicable or not, depending on the products, " +"sales order lines, warehouse,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in (by order of priority):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:202 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:194 +msgid "Warehouse Route Example: Pick → Pack → Ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:196 +msgid "Picking List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:197 +msgid "Pick Zone → Pack Zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:198 +msgid "Pack List:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:199 +msgid "Pack Zone → Gate A" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Delivery Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:201 +msgid "Gate A → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Routes that describe how you organize your warehouse should be defined on " +"the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "A Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:205 +msgid "Product Route Example: Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:207 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:217 +msgid "Reception:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:208 +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:218 +msgid "Supplier → Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:209 +msgid "Confirmation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:210 +msgid "Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Storage:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:212 +msgid "Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:215 +msgid "Product Category Route Example: cross-dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:219 +msgid "Cross-Docks:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:220 +msgid "Input → Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:221 +msgid "Delivery:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:222 +msgid "Output → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Sale Order Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:224 +msgid "Sale Order Line Example: Drop-shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:227 +msgid "Supplier → Customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:230 +msgid "Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. They " +"automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule can be" +" used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:88 +msgid "Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:239 +msgid "Product lands in Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:240 +msgid "Push 1: Input → Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:241 +msgid "Push 2: Quality Control → Stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Warehouse Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:243 +msgid "Product lands in Transit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:244 +msgid "Push: Transit → Warehouse 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:247 +msgid "Procurement Groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every rule, a document type is " +"provided:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:252 +msgid "Picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:253 +msgid "Packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:254 +msgid "Delivery Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:255 +msgid "Purchase Order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:256 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Moves are grouped within the same document type if their procurement group " +"and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/double-entry.rst:261 +msgid "" +"A sale order creates a procurement group so that pickings and delivery " +"orders of the same order are grouped. But you can define specific groups on " +"reordering rules too. (e.g. to group purchases of specific products " +"together)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:3 +msgid "Terminologies" +msgstr "Terminologías" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Warehouse**: A warehouse in Odoo is a location where you store products. " +"It is either a physical or a virtual warehouse. It could be a store or a " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Location**: Locations are used to structure storage zones within a " +"warehouse. In addition to internal locations (your warehouse), Odoo has " +"locations for suppliers, customers, inventory loss counter-parts, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**Lots**: Lots are a batch of products identified with a unique barcode or " +"serial number. All items of a lot are from the same product. (e.g. a set of " +"24 bottle) Usually, lots come from manufacturing order batches or " +"procurements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Serial Number**: A serial number is a unique identifier of a specific " +"product. Technically, serial numbers are similar to having a lot of 1 unique" +" item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Unit of Measure**: Define how the quantity of products is expressed. " +"Meters, Pounds, Pack of 24, Kilograms,… Unit of measure of the same category" +" (ex: size) can be converted to each others (m, cm, mm) using a fixed ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Consumable**: A product for which you do not want to manage the inventory " +"level (no quantity on hand or forecasted) but that you can receive and " +"deliver. When this product is needed Odoo suppose that you always have " +"enough stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Stockable**: A product for which you want to manage the inventory level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Package:** A package contains several products (identified by their serial" +" number/lots or not). Example: a box containing knives and forks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Procurement**: A procurement is a request for a specific quantity of " +"products to a specific location. Procurement are automatically triggered by " +"other documents: Sale orders, Minimum Stock Rules, and Procurement rules. " +"You can trigger the procurement manually. When procurements are triggered " +"automatically, you should always pay attention for the exceptions (e.g. a " +"product should be purchased from a vendor, but no supplier is defined)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"**Routes**: Routes define paths the product must follow. Routes may be " +"applicable or not, depending on the products, sales order lines, warehouse,…" +" To fulfill a procurement, the system will search for rules belonging to " +"routes that are defined in the related product/sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:54 +msgid "" +"**Push Rules**: Push rules trigger when products enter a specific location. " +"They automatically move the product to a new location. Whether a push rule " +"can be used depends on applicable routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:58 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Rules** or **Pull Rules**: Procurement rules describe how " +"procurements on specific locations should be fulfilled e.g.: where the " +"product should come from (source location), whether the procurement is MTO " +"or MTS,..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Procurement Group**: Routes and rules define inventory moves. For every " +"rule, a document type is provided: Picking, Packing, Delivery Order, " +"Purchase Order,… Moves are grouped within the same document type if their " +"procurement group and locations are the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Stock Moves**: Stock moves represent the transit of goods and materials " +"between locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Quantity On Hand**: The quantity of a specific product that is currently " +"in a warehouse or location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Forecasted Quantity**: The quantity of products you can sell for a " +"specific warehouse or location. It is defined as the Quantity on Hand - " +"Future Delivery Orders + Future incoming shipments + Future manufactured " +"units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Reordering Rules**: It defines the conditions for Odoo to automatically " +"trigger a request for procurement (buying at a supplier or launching a " +"manufacturing order). It is triggered when the forecasted quantity meets the" +" minimum stock rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**Cross-Dock**: Cross-docking is a practice in the logistics of unloading " +"materials from an incoming semi-trailer truck or railroad car and loading " +"these materials directly into outbound trucks, trailers, or rail cars, with " +"no storage in between. (does not go to the stock, directly from incoming to " +"packing zone)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Drop-Shipping**: move products from the vendor/manufacturer directly to " +"the customer (could be retailer or consumer) without going through the usual" +" distribution channels. Products are sent directly from the vendor to the " +"customer, without passing through your own warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Removal Strategies**: the strategy to use to select which product to pick " +"for a specific operation. Example: FIFO, LIFO, FEFO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:100 +msgid "" +"**Putaway Strategies**: the strategy to use to decide in which location a " +"specific product should be set when arriving somewhere. (example: cables " +"goes in rack 3, storage A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Scrap**: A product that is broken or outdated. Scrapping a product removes" +" it from the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process.rst:3 +msgid "Process Overview" +msgstr "Información general del Proceso" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:3 +msgid "From procurement to delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Inventory is the heart of your business. It can be really complicated, but " +"with Odoo, doing a receipt or a delivery has never been easier. We will show" +" you in this document how easy to do a full process, from the receipt to the" +" delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Odoo inventory is fully integrated with other applications, such as " +"**Purchase**, **Sales** or **Inventory**. But is not limited to those " +"processes, it is also fully integrated with our **e-Commerce**, " +"**Manufacturing** and **Repairs** applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:19 +msgid "How to process a receipt ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:22 +msgid "Install Purchase application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:24 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Purchase Management** application. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:31 +msgid "Make a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Purchases** applications. The first screen is the **Request for " +"Quotation** list. Click on the **Create** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Vendor** information and click on **Add an Item** to add some " +"products to your request for quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click on **Confirm order** when you are sure about the products, prices and " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:46 +msgid "Retrieve the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:48 +msgid "You can retrieve the receipt order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:51 +msgid "From the purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your purchase order, you will see a button with the " +"related **Receipt**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:59 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:136 +msgid "Click on it to see the **Transfer order**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:62 +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:139 +msgid "From the Inventory Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to receive** to see" +" the list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:70 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the purchase order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:76 +msgid "Process the Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Validate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Procurements can be automated. Please read our document " +":doc:`../../management/adjustment/min_stock_rule_vs_mto` for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:91 +msgid "How to process a delivery order ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:94 +msgid "Install Sales application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, you will need to install the **Sales Management** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:103 +msgid "Place a sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Go to the **Sales** applications. Click on the **Quotations** button of your" +" team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:111 +msgid "" +"You will get the list of all your quotations. Click on the **Create** " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Fill in the **Customer informations** and click on **Add an Item** to add " +"some products to your quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:120 +msgid "Click on **Confirm sale** to place the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:123 +msgid "Retrieve the Delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:125 +msgid "You can retrieve the delivery order in 2 ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:128 +msgid "From the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:130 +msgid "" +"On the top right of your sale order, you will see a button with the related " +"**Delivery**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When opening the **Inventory** application, click on **# to do** to see the " +"list of your receipts to process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:147 +msgid "In the list, click on the one related to the sale order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:153 +msgid "" +"If the product is not in stock, the sale order will be listed as **Waiting**" +" on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:157 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To process the stock transfer. Simply click on **Vaidate** to complete the " +"transfer. A message will appear asking if you want to process the whole " +"order, accept it by clicking on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:167 +msgid "E-Commerce orders are processed the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:170 +msgid "" +"You can easily integrate your delivery orders with different delivery " +"methods. Please read the document " +":doc:`../../shipping/setup/delivery_method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:175 +msgid "Advanced flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In this document, the flows that are explained are the most simple ones. " +"Odoo also suit for companies having advanced warehouse management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:180 +msgid "" +"By default, only **receipts** and **deliveries** are configured but you can " +"activate the use of multi-locations and multi-warehouses to do **internal " +"transfers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:184 +msgid "**Routes**: you can automate flows with push and pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:186 +msgid "" +"**Multi-step** receipts and deliveries can be easily configured for each " +"warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/process/sale_to_delivery.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Much more: **Barcode scanning**, **serial numbers**, **lots**, **cross-" +"docking**, **dropshipping**, integration with a **third-party** shipper, " +"**putaway** and **removal** strategies.... All of it is possible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Comenzando" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup Odoo inventory?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Inventory application has an implementation guide that you should " +"follow to configure it. It's a step-by-step manual with links to the " +"different screens you will need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Once you have installed the **Inventory** application, you should click on " +"the top-right progressbar to get access to the implementation guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:15 +msgid "The implementation guide will help you through the following steps:" +msgstr "La guía de implementación le ayudará a través de los siguientes pasos:" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:17 +msgid "Setup your warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:19 +msgid "Import your vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Import your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:23 +msgid "Make the initial inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:25 +msgid "Configure your sales and purchase flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:27 +msgid "Set-up replenishment mechanisms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Configure advanced features like package, traceability, routes and inventory" +" valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/overview/start/setup.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to set up operations with barcode scanner in your warehouse, you" +" should install the **Barcode** application that will add features on top of" +" the inventory application. The barcode application will guide you to " +"configure and use your scanner optimally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "How to organize a cross-dock in your warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross dock area is temporarily area where we are not storing any product " +"instead just managing place according to delivery for further customer. This" +" will save lot of time for inter warehouse transfer and storing process. We " +"are managing our products with docking area where product directly place " +"from supplier location and transfer this to gate pass for customer delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:17 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organise your warehouse, read `What is cross " +"docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +msgid "Warehouse and routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Location & Warehouse`, then in **Routes**, select **Advanced routing of" +" products using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses`," +" then open the warehouse you want to cross-dock from and click on **Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +msgid "" +"**Incoming Shipments**: Unload in input location then go to stock (2 steps)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:41 +msgid "**Outgoing Shipments**: Ship directly from stock (Ship only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "then click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This steps has generated a cross-docking route that you can see in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configurations --> Routes --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:52 +msgid "Cross Docking Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:54 +msgid "" +"We will use the route **Buy** for first part of the flow and create a route " +"for the remaining part:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Each of the procurement rule will now be configured. Cross Dock location is " +"created as an internal physical location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:67 +msgid ":menuselection:`Input --> Cross Dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:73 +msgid ":menuselection:`Cross Dock --> Output`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:79 +msgid ":menuselection:`Output --> Customer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:82 +msgid "Product with cross dock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"We have created the Vegetable Fennel product and assigned the routes created" +" above as well as the **Buy** route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"We have also specified a supplier and a minimum order rule which is needed " +"for replenishment of a stockable product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`use_routes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`../../management/incoming/two_steps`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "How to do inter-warehouses transfers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you own different warehouses you might want to transfer goods from one " +"warehouse to the other. This is very easy thanks to the inventory " +"application in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First of all you have to select the multi locations option. Go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the **Inventory " +"application**. Then tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** " +"option. Please don't forget to **apply** your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This option should also be ticked if you wish to manage different locations " +"and routes in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create your new warehouse. In the Inventory application " +"click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`. You are now able to create your warehouse by clicking on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Fill in a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is 5 " +"characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"please note that the **Short Name** is very important as it will appear on " +"your transfer orders and other warehouse documents. It might be smart to use" +" an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters of location])." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you go back to your dashboard, new operations will automatically have " +"been generated for your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Creating a new inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you create a new warehouse you might already have an existing physical " +"inventory in it. In that case you should create an inventory in Odoo, if not" +" you can skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Inventory Control " +"--> Inventory Adjustment`. You can then create a new inventory by clicking " +"on **Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and be sure to " +"select the right warehouse and location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. A new window will open where you will be" +" able to input your existing products. Select add an item and indicate the " +"**Real Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can " +"not be changed as it represents a computed quantity from purchase and sales " +"orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorder the state of " +"all yours product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:80 +msgid "Create an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to tranfer 2" +" units of a product from your first warehouse to another one in Brussels, " +"proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +"From your dashboard, select a internal movement of one of the two " +"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`More --> Transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A new window will open where you will be able to select the source location " +"zone (in this case our \"old warehouse\") and the destination location zone " +"(in this case our \"new\" warehouse located in Brussels)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item** and " +"don't forget to **Validate** or **Mark as TODO** once you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you select **Validate**, Odoo will process all quantities to transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo will put the transfer in **Waiting " +"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the amount of " +"products in your source warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:108 +msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 +msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:115 +msgid "Select the right transfer order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:120 +msgid "" +"3. Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner in order to " +"open the operation details window. In this new window you can manually " +"indicate how much products you process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you decide to partially process the transfer order (e.g. a part of the " +"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo will " +"automatically ask if you wish to create a **backorder**. Create a backorder " +"if you expect to process the remaining products later, do not create a " +"backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a procurement rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The procurement inventory control system begins with a customer's order. " +"With this strategy, companies only make enough product to fulfill customer's" +" orders. One advantage to the system is that there will be no excess of " +"inventory that needs to be stored, thus reducing inventory levels and the " +"cost of carrying and storing goods. However, one major disadvantage to the " +"pull system is that it is highly possible to run into ordering dilemmas, " +"such as a supplier not being able to get a shipment out on time. This leaves" +" the company unable to fulfill the order and contributes to customer " +"dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:18 +msgid "" +"An example of a pull inventory control system is the make-to-order. The goal" +" is to keep inventory levels to a minimum by only having enough inventory, " +"not more or less, to meet customer demand. The MTO system eliminates waste " +"by reducing the amount of storage space needed for inventory and the costs " +"of storing goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the Inventory " +"application>Configuration>Settings and tick “Advance routing of products " +"using rules”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:35 +msgid "Procurement rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The procurement rules are set on the routes. In the inventory application, " +"go to Configuration > Routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:40 +msgid "In the Procurement rules section, click on Add an item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. There are 3 types of action " +"possibles :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:48 +msgid "Move from another location rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Manufacturing rules that will trigger the creation of manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:53 +msgid "Buy rules that will trigger the creation of purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The Manufacturing application has to be installed in order to trigger " +"manufacturing rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The Purchase application has to be installed in order to trigger **buy** " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:68 +msgid "Try to create a procurement rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Some Warehouse Configuration creates routes with procurement rules already " +"defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:75 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:130 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`push_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:76 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:84 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:153 +msgid ":doc:`inter_warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/procurement_rule.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:85 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid ":doc:`cross_dock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:3 +msgid "What is a push rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The push system of inventory control involves forecasting inventory needs to" +" meet customer demand. Companies must predict which products customers will " +"purchase along with determining what quantity of goods will be purchased. " +"The company will in turn produce enough product to meet the forecast demand " +"and sell, or push, the goods to the consumer. Disadvantages of the push " +"inventory control system are that forecasts are often inaccurate as sales " +"can be unpredictable and vary from one year to the next. Another problem " +"with push inventory control systems is that if too much product is left in " +"inventory. This increases the company's costs for storing these goods. An " +"advantage to the push system is that the company is fairly assured it will " +"have enough product on hand to complete customer orders, preventing the " +"inability to meet customer demand for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:22 +msgid "" +"A push flow indicates how locations are chained with the other ones. As soon" +" as a given quantity of products is moved in the source location, a chained " +"move is automatically foreseen according to the parameters set on the flow " +"specification (destination location, delay, type of move, journal). It can " +"be triggered automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Push rules are part of the routes. Go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance routing of products using" +" rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:39 +msgid "Push rules settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The push rules are set on the routes. Go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:44 +msgid "In the push rule section, click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Here you can set the conditions of your rule. In this example, when a good " +"is in **Input location**, it needs to be moved to the quality control. In " +"the 3 steps receipts, another push rule will make the goods that are in the " +"quality control location move to the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:59 +msgid "Try to create a push rule in our demo instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Some warehouse configuration creates routes with push rules already defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:66 +msgid "Stock transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The push rule will trigger stock transfer. According to the rule set on your" +" route, you will see that some transfers might be ready and other are " +"waiting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The push rule that was set above will create moves from **WH/Input** " +"location to the **WH/Quality Control** location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In this example, another move is waiting according to the second push rule, " +"it defines that when the quality control is done, the goods will be moved to" +" the main stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule.rst:83 +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`procurement_rule`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 +msgid "How to use routes?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A route is a collection of procurement rules and push rules. Odoo can manage" +" advanced push/pull routes configuration, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:13 +msgid "Manage default locations per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " +"quality control, after sales services or supplier returns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Help rental management, by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Procurement rules are part of the routes. Go to the **Inventory** " +"application, :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and tick **Advance " +"routing of products using rules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:32 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:34 +msgid "Odoo has some pre-configured routes for your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the Inventory application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the **Warehouse Configuration** tab, **Incoming Shipments** and " +"**Outgoing Shippings** options set some routes according to your choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:46 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"First, you have to select the places where this route can be selected. You " +"can combine several choices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:58 +msgid "Routes applied on warehouses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Warehouses**, you have to choose on which warehouse it will be" +" applied. The route will be set for all transfer in that warehouse that " +"would meet the conditions of the procurement and push rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:68 +msgid "Routes applied on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Products**, you have to manually set on which product it will " +"be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Inventory --> Control --> Products`). In the Inventory Tab," +" select the route(s):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:84 +msgid "Routes applied on Product Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Product Categories**, you have to manually set on which " +"categories it will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Open the product on which you want to apply the routes " +"(:menuselection:`Configuration --> Product Categories`). Select the route(s)" +" under the **Logistics** section :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:100 +msgid "Routes applied on Sales Order lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If you tick **Sales order lines**, you have to manually set the route every " +"time you make a sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"In order to make it work, you also have to activate the use of the routes on" +" the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In the Sales application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " +"and tick **Choose specific routes on sales order lines (advanced)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:118 +msgid "You can now choose the routes for each lines of your sales orders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Procurement and push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "Please refer to the documents:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:133 +msgid "Procurement configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"When doing a procurement request, you can force the route you want to use. " +"On the product (:menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`), click on " +"**Procurement Request**. Choose the route you want to use next to " +"**Preferred Routes**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "Make-to-Order Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you work with no stock, or with minimum stock rules, it is better to use " +"the **Make To Order** route. Combine it with the route **Buy** or " +"**Manufacture** and it will trigger automatically the purchase order or the " +"Manufacturing Order when your products are out-of-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing.rst:3 +msgid "Product Costing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/fifo_lifo.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a perpetual FIFO or LIFO inventory valuation?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate landed costs in the cost of the product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:8 +msgid "Landed costs include all charges associated to a good transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:10 +msgid "Landed cost includes = Cost of product + Shipping + Customs + Risk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:12 +msgid "" +"All of these components might not be applicable in every shipment, but " +"relevant components must be considered as a part of the landed cost. We have" +" to identify landed cost to decide sale price of product because it will " +"impact on company profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:21 +msgid "Applications configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:23 +msgid "" +"First, you need to activate the use of the landed costs. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory application --> Configuration --> Setting`. Check " +"accounting option **Include landed costs in product costing computation** & " +"**Perpetual inventory valuation**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then go to the :menuselection:`Purchase application --> Configuration --> " +"Setting`. Choose costing method **Use a 'Fixed', 'Real' or 'Average' price " +"costing method**, then click on **Apply** to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:40 +msgid "Landed Cost Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Start by creating specific products to indicate your various **Landed " +"Costs**, such as freight, insurance or custom duties. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Landed Cost types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Landed costs are only possible for products configured in real time " +"valuation with real price costing method. The costing method is configured " +"on the product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:57 +msgid "Link landed costs to a transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To calculate landed costs, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Landed Costs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click on the **Create** button and select the picking(s) you want to " +"attribute landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Select the account journal in which to post the landed costs. We recommend " +"you to create a specific journal for landed costs. Therefore it will be " +"easier to keep track your postings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click the **Compute** button to see how the landed costs will be split " +"across the picking lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/costing/landed_costs.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To confirm the landed costs attribution, click on the **Validate** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "What is a putaway strategy?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. Putaway is the process of taking " +"products off the receiving shipment and put them into the most appropriate " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If for instance a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important to" +" make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other because " +"of a potential chemical reaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A putaway strategy follows the same principle as removal strategies but " +"affect on the destination location. Put away strategies are defined at the " +"location level (unlike removal strategies which are defined at the product " +"level)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and check " +"option **Manage several location per warehouse & Advance routing of products" +" using rules**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:33 +msgid "Setting up a strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Let's take as an example a retail shop where we store vegetables and fruits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We have to store this type of product in different locations to maintain " +"product quality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Suppose there is one warehouse location **WH/Stock** and there is sub " +"location **WH/Stock/Vegetables** & **WH/Stock/Fruits**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can create a putaway strategy from :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. Open any location where you want to set a " +"putaway strategy, click on **Edit** and locate the option **Put Away " +"Strategy**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the roll-down menu and click on **Create and Edit**. This will open a " +"form view of put away strategy on which you have to set a name for the " +"strategy, and set the method and fixed location for each category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the necessary information, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Now, when you will purchase products from those categories, they will " +"automatically be transferred to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To check current inventory, Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory " +"Control --> Current Inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:67 +msgid "There you can see current inventory by location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`storage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "" +"What is a removal strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Specific Indentification)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/routes/strategies/storage.rst:3 +msgid "How to store specific products to specific locations?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products.rst:3 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Productos" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:3 +msgid "How to use packages?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:8 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:11 +msgid "By default, Odoo does not take into account the use of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Once you activate the option, you will be able to manage one or several " +"packages when doing your transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. µ Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:27 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 +msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:30 +msgid "Pack products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Putting products in packs is usually done when processing warehouses " +"transfers (receipt, internals or deliveries)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To be able to put products in pack, the status of your transfer has to be " +"**Available**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the operation tab, you can put your products into one or multiple " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " +"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 +msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 +msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:60 +msgid "Whole packages transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you are using several locations and/or warehouses, it is possible to " +"transfer packages with its contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You need to configure the **Operation Type** to allow moving packages. Go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Operations Types`. Tick **Allow moving " +"packs**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:75 +msgid "Transfer packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Create a transfer order. Choose the source and the destination locations, " +"then click on **Mark as todo**. Do not put anything under the **Initial " +"Demand** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:84 +msgid "" +"In the Operation tab, click on **Add an item** under the **Package To Move**" +" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:87 +msgid "Tick the **Done** checkbox to confirm the move of the package :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:92 +msgid "When it is finished, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:95 +msgid "Packages traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To trace a package or check its content, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Control --> Packages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:103 +msgid "Click on **Package Transfers** to see all its moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../../overview/start/setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:107 +msgid ":doc:`usage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/packages.rst:108 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "How to use different units of measure?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different unit of measures is necessary." +" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" +" application and sell the in a country where the imperial system is used, " +"you will need to convert the units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the **Products** section, select **Some products may be " +"sold/purchased in different units of measure (advanced)**, then click on " +"**Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Setting up units on your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Inventory Control --> Products`, open the product which " +"you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of measure, and click on " +"**Edit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which the product " +"will be sold and in which internal transfers will be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the **Purchase Unit of Measure** section, select the unit in which you " +"purchase the product. When you're done, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "Click on the edit button |edit| to create new unit of measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:46 +msgid "Transfer from one unit to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When doing inter-unit transfers, the rounding is automatically done by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can be changed throughout the whole process. The only " +"condition is that the unit of measure is part of the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:54 +msgid "In this example, we are in the egg business :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "We buy eggs by trays (30 eggs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "We check all eggs individually when receiving it (quality control)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "We sell eggs by the dozen to the customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Sale price** is expressed in the **Product unit of measure**. The " +"**Cost price** is expressed in the **Purchase Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All internal transfers are expressed in the **Product Unit of Measure**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Procurement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When doing your procurement request, you can still change the unit of " +"measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "The unit of measure can also be changed in the purchase order :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "The quality control is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The basic unit of measure of our product is **Unit**. Therefore the quality " +"check is done by unit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The unit of measure can only be changed when the transfer status is " +"**Draft**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The eggs are sold by the dozen. You can choose the unit of measure on the " +"sale order document. When doing it, the price is automatically computed from" +" the unit to the dozen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In the delivery order, the initial demand is done in the sales order unit of" +" measure :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/uom.rst:118 +msgid "" +"But the transfer is done in the product unit of measure. Everything is " +"converted automatically :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "When should you use packages, units of measure or kits?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:6 +msgid "Unit of measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Units of measures are an indication about the unit used to handle a product." +" Products can be expressed in multiple units of measure at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Activate this option if you are working with several ones in your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The purchase unit of measure might be different that the one you use in your" +" warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The selling unit of measure is set on the sale order and can be different." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The conversion between the different units of measures is done " +"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " +"same category (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:40 +msgid "Packaging is the physical container that protects your product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the " +"notice and the power plug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "In Odoo, packagings are just used for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can define on the **Packages** which **Packaging** it uses. But it is " +"only for indicative purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:55 +msgid "When to use packages, packagings or unit of measures ?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:57 +msgid "" +"For example, you are sellings eggs. In your warehouse, you manage the eggs " +"individually. Lots of eggs are scrapped and you do it egg by egg. The **unit" +" of measure** is ``Unit(s)``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you are selling eggs by the dozen, the selling **unit of measure** is the" +" ``Dozen``. You will set it on your sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The ``cardboard trays`` that contains the dozen of eggs is the " +"**packaging**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you are selling several trays, you might wrap all the trays into a " +"``box`` or in a ``plastic`` wrapping. It is the **package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/usage.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Using product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " +"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " +"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "B&C T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:15 +msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " +"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." +" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " +"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " +"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " +"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " +"the template or the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " +"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " +"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " +"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " +"variant)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " +"product may have its own primary picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:45 +msgid "" +"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " +"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " +"Income Account, Taxes)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "Should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:53 +msgid "When should you use variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:55 +msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:57 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " +"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " +"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" +" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " +"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" +" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " +"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " +"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " +"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" +" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " +"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " +"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " +"of managing lots of products that are similars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" +" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " +"product templates and all their related variations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " +"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " +"example, a company having these products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:91 +msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:93 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:105 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:110 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:95 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:106 +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:111 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:97 +msgid "" +"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " +"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " +"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " +"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " +"e-Commerce:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:103 +msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" +msgstr "Modelo de Producto: Remera" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "Product Template: Polos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:117 +msgid "Activate the variant feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " +"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " +"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " +"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " +"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:129 +msgid "Creating products with variants" +msgstr "Creando productos con variantes" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:135 +msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " +"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " +"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " +"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " +"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " +"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " +"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " +"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:163 +msgid "" +"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:167 +msgid "Managing Product Variants" +msgstr "Gestionando Variantes de Producto" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " +"variant attributes :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:175 +msgid "T-Shirt B&C" +msgstr "Remera B&C" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:177 +msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" +msgstr "Color: Rojo, Azul, Blanco" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:179 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "Tamaños: S, M, L, XL, XXL" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:182 +msgid "Managing combination possibilities" +msgstr "Gestionando combinaciones posibles" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " +"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size does not exist for red and blue " +"t-shirts, you can deactivate this product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." +" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " +"XXL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:197 +msgid "" +"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:200 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "Establecer un precio por variante" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:202 +msgid "" +"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " +"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " +"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " +"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " +"variant that will be added to the original price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/products/variants.rst:220 +msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 +msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" +msgstr "¿Cuál es la diferencia entre depósitos y ubicaciones?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " +"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 +msgid "" +"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " +"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " +"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " +"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " +"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 +msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" +msgstr "Hay 3 tipos de ubicaciones:" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " +"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " +"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " +"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " +"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " +"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " +"organization of your warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:37 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`warehouse_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:38 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`location_creation`" +msgstr ":doc:`location_creation`" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new location?" +msgstr "¿Cómo crear una nueva ubicación?" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:9 +msgid "Creating a new location" +msgstr "Crear una nueva ubicación" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create new locations, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouse Management --> Locations` In the Locations window, click on " +"**Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Type the name of the location in the **Location Name** field, and select the" +" **Parent Location** in the list. The parent location can be a physical, " +"partner or virtual location, and you can add as many sub-locations as needed" +" to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can also fill in the **Additional Information** fields and add a note to" +" describe your location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:35 +msgid "When you are finished, click on **Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A warehouse also corresponds to a location. As the locations are " +"hierarchical, Odoo will create the parent location of the warehouse, " +"containing all the sublocations in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/location_creation.rst:43 +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`difference_warehouse_location`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:3 +msgid "How to create a new warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to create a new warehouse, you must allow the system to " +"manage multiple locations. In the **Inventory** module, open the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Configuration`. In the **Location & Warehouse**" +" section, tick the **Manage several locations per warehouse** box, then " +"click on **apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Open the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> " +"Warehouses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the warehouses screen, click on **Create**. A new screen appears, with 3 " +"fields :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:25 +msgid "In **Warehouse Name**, insert the full name of the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the **Short Name** field, insert a 5-characters code for your warehouse. " +"Keep in mind that this code is the one that will appear in the lists, so " +"make sure you choose a name that is easy to understand and easy to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In the **Address** field, you can select an existing company or create one " +"on-the-go. Therefore, the address of your warehouse will be the same as the " +"one of the company you selected. You can also leave this field empty and " +"edit it afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:40 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finish configuring your new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/settings/warehouses/warehouse_creation.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you create a warehouse, the system will create the necessary picking " +"types and main child locations for this main location in the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost are computed when the delivery order is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`labels`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "Instalar el módulo de conector de empresa transportista" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "Configurar el método de entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "Destilde **Modo Testeo** cuando finalice con las pruebas." + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de Compañía" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de producto" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" +msgstr "¿Cómo imprimir etiquetas de envío?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "Clic allí para abrir el documento e imprimirlo:" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" +msgstr "¿Cómo gestionar múltiples paquetes para la misma orden de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " +"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " +"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " +"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Proceso de Venta" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Orden de Venta" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 +msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 +msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega de Multi-paquetes" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 +msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " +"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " +"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " +"underneath:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "Configuración de envío" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar un método de entrega?" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Inventario" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Entrega" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr ":doc:`../operation/labels`" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po index a3f600420..182a9bc48 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/purchase.po @@ -10,8 +10,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-14 00:37+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-17 09:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-19 21:23+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Alejandra Escandón Del Real \n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -40,6 +40,24 @@ msgstr "Introducción a la Gestión de Compra Odoo" msgid "Terminologies" msgstr "Terminologías" +#: ../../purchase/overview/concepts/terminologies.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/overview/process/from_po_to_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/overview/start/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/approvals.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:5 +#: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:5 +msgid "*Coming soon...*" +msgstr "*Próximamente...*" + #: ../../purchase/overview/process.rst:3 msgid "Process Overview" msgstr "Información general del Proceso" @@ -225,13 +243,13 @@ msgid "" "Big companies use to import supplier pricelists day to day. Indeed, prices " "are always changing and you need to get price up to date to deal with a high" " number of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las grandes empresas utilizan para importar listas de precios de proveedores día a día. De hecho, los precios siempre están cambiando y lo que necesita para conseguir precio al día para hacer frente a un gran número de productos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:12 msgid "" "To manage supplier prices on product form, read this document " "(:doc:`suppliers`). Here we will show you how to import customer prices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para gestionar los precios de proveedores en forma de productos, es necesario leer el documento (:doc:`suppliers`). En el se mostrará la manera de importar precios de los clientes. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:16 msgid "Required configuration" @@ -263,19 +281,19 @@ msgid "" "update an existing vendor pricelist. In both scenarios, we assume your " "product list and vendor list is updated and you want to import the price " "list of vendors for a given product." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hay 2 escenarios: importar la lista de precios del proveedor, por primera vez, o actualizar una lista de precios de proveedor ya existente. En ambos escenarios, se supone que su lista de productos y lista de proveedores se actualiza y que desea importar la lista de precios de los proveedores para un producto determinado." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:38 msgid "" "To understand big principle of import of data, we invite you to read related" " doc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para entender el gran principio de la importación de datos, lo invitamos a leer documento relacionado." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:40 msgid "" "To import a list from a document, the best pratice is to export first to get" " an example of data formating and a proper header to reimport." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para importar una lista de un documento, la mejor práctica es exportar primero para obtener un ejemplo de formato de datos y una cabecera adecuada para volver a importar." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:50 msgid "Import the list for the first time" @@ -291,7 +309,7 @@ msgid "" "template of document to get import/export compatible and get the right " "format to import in mass. Create manually a data and export it " "(:menuselection:`select --> Action --> Export`)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> Precios de proveedores`, exportar una plantilla de documento para obtener compatibles de importación/exportación y obtener el formato adecuado para importar en masa. Crear manualmente una de datos y exportarla (:menuselection:`seleccionar --> Acción --> Exportar`)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:63 msgid "Here is the list of fields you can import:" @@ -315,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "name_id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "Vendor ID -> export supplier list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identificación del Vendedor -> exportar lista de proveedores para conseguir" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:68 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.res\\_partner\\_12" @@ -327,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "product_code" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "Vendor product Code -> free text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Código de producto del Proveedor -> texto libre" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:70 msgid "569874" @@ -339,7 +357,7 @@ msgstr "Precio" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "Vendor Price -> free text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Precio de Proveedor -> texto libre" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:72 msgid "1500" @@ -351,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr "product_tmpl_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "Product Template ID -> export you product list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plantilla de Identificador de Productos -> exportar lista de proveedores para conseguir" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:74 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product_template_13" @@ -363,7 +381,7 @@ msgstr "currency_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:76 msgid "Currency -> to get it export the currency list" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Moneda -> exportar lista de monedas a conseguir" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:78 msgid "date_end" @@ -383,7 +401,7 @@ msgstr "min_qty" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 msgid "Minimal quantity to purchase from this vendor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cantidad mínima para la compra de este proveedor" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:80 msgid "2" @@ -391,11 +409,11 @@ msgstr "2" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "product_id.id" -msgstr "" +msgstr "product_id.id" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "Product Variante name -> export your variant list to get it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nombre de la Variante del Producto -> exportar la lista de variantes a conseguir" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:82 msgid "\\_\\_export\\_\\_.product\\_13" @@ -415,20 +433,20 @@ msgstr "31-12-2015" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:87 msgid "You obtain a document which can be imported, fill in your vendor pices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted obtendrá un documento el cual podrá importar, lo puede encontrar en los precios de proveedores" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:92 msgid "" "Import this document in Odoo. Click on **Import** in the list view and " "upload your document. You can validate and check error. Once the system " "tells you everything is ok, you can import the list." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para importar este documento en Odoo. Haga clic en la lista de **Importar** de la vista y añada el documento. Usted puede validar y corregir los errores. Una vez realizado el sistema le informa que todo esta bien, usted podrá importar la lista. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:102 msgid "" "After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " "product form is filled in." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después de importar, en la sección de **Proveedores** en el **Inventario** vaya a la tabla de formulario de productos para seleccionarla. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:106 msgid "Update the vendor pricelist" @@ -438,14 +456,14 @@ msgstr "Actualizar la lista de precios de vendedor" msgid "" "When the pricelist of your suppliers change, it is necessary to update " "existing prices." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando la lista de precios de sus proveedores cambie, es necesario actualizar los precios existentes. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:111 msgid "" "Follow the procedure of the first scenario in order to export existing data " "from :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> Vendor Pricelist`. Select " "everything, and export from the **Action** menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siga el procedimiento de le primer escenario en orden para exportar la base de datos existente desde el :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> Precios de lista de Proveedores`. Seleccione todo, y después en exportar desde el menú **Acción**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -453,13 +471,13 @@ msgid "" " in Odoo. Thanks to the ID, the list will be updated. Either the id is " "recognized and the line is updated or the ID is not known by Odoo and it " "will create a new pricelist line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cambie el precio, la fecha final, añada líneas, cambie de proveedor, ... y después vuelva a reimportar en Odoo. Gracias a la Identificación, la lista se volverá a actualizar. O bien la identificación es reconocida y la línea se actualiza o la identificación no es conocida por Odoo y se creará una nueva línea listado de precios. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/import.rst:120 msgid "" "After the import, the **Vendors** section in **Inventory** tab of the " "product form is updated." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después de importar, en la sección de **Proveedores** en **Inventario** en la tabla del formulario de productos será la actualización. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/suppliers.rst:3 msgid "How to set several suppliers on a product?" @@ -467,7 +485,7 @@ msgstr "¿Cómo agregar varios proveedores en un producto?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:3 msgid "How to purchase in different unit of measures than sales?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo comprar en diferentes unidades de medidas que las ventas?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -476,7 +494,7 @@ msgid "" " and purchase representative and even make you lose a lot of time converting" " measures. Luckily in Odoo, you can handle different units of measures " "between sales and purchase very easily." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En un negocio de día por día, puede suceder que su proveedor utilice una unidad de medida diferente de como se registra en las ventas. Esto puede causar confusión representativa dentro de las ventas y las compras e incluso hace perder mucho tiempo en las medidas de conversión. Por suerte en Odoo, puede manejar diferentes unidades de medidas dentro de las ventas y las compras muy fácilmente. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:11 msgid "Let's take the following examples:" @@ -488,13 +506,13 @@ msgid "" "in **Gallons**. Your customers however are European. You would thus like to " "see your purchases quantities expressed in **Gallons** and the sold " "quantities in **Liters**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted compra agua a un proveedor. El proveedor es americano y vende su agua en **Galones**. Su cliente, sin embargo, es europeo. Por lo tanto usted desea ver las cantidades de sus compras expresadas en **Galones** y las cantidades vendidas en **Litros**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:18 msgid "" "You buy curtains from a supplier. The supplier sells you the curtains in the" " unit **roll** and you sell the curtains in **square meters**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted compra las cortinas de un proveedor. El proveedor vende las cortinas en **rollo** y usted necesita vender las cortinas en **metros cuadrados**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:25 msgid "Install purchase and sales modules" @@ -504,7 +522,7 @@ msgstr "Instalar los módulos de compra y ventas" msgid "" "The first step is to make sure that the apps **Sales** and **Purchase** are " "correctly installed." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El primer paso es asegurarse que los módulos de **Ventas** y **Compras** estén correctamente instalados. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:31 msgid "|uom01|" @@ -523,11 +541,11 @@ msgid "" "Enter the purchase module, select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick the **Some products may be sold/purchased in different " "unit of measures (advanced)** box." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entre al módulo de compras, seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Ajustes` y apruebe la casilla **Algunos productos podrán ser vendidos/comprados en diferentes unidades de medidas (avanzado)**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:46 msgid "Specify sales and purchase unit of measures" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Especifique las unidades de medidas de las ventas y las compras" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:49 msgid "Standard units of measures" @@ -539,25 +557,25 @@ msgid "" "Please remember that differents units of measures between sales and purchase" " necessarily need to share the same category. Categories include: **Unit**, " "**weight**, **working time**, **volume**, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tomemos las clásicas unidades de medidas existentes en Odoo como primer ejemplo. Por favor recuerde que las diferentes unidades de medidas entre las ventas y las compras necesariamente tienen que compartir la misma categoría. Las categorías incluyen: **Unidad**, **Peso**, **Tiempo de trabajo**, **Volumen**, etc." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:57 msgid "" "It is possible to create your own category and unit of measure if it is not " "standard in Odoo (see next chapter)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es posible crear su propia categoría y si las unidades de medida no son estándares en Odoo (ver en el siguiente capítulo)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:60 msgid "" "Let's assume we buy water from our vendors in **Gallons** and sell to our " "customers in **Liters**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Supongamos que compramos agua de nuestros proveedores en **Galones** y vendemos a nuestros clientes en **Litros**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:63 msgid "" "We go into the purchase module select :menuselection:`Purchase --> " "Products`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Entramos al módulo de compras y seleccionamos :menuselection:`Compras --> Productos`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -565,24 +583,24 @@ msgid "" "information you have the possibility to select the **Unit of measure** (will" " be used in sales, inventory,...) and the **Purchase Unit of Measure** (for " "purchase)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crea tu propio producto o seleccione uno existente. En la información general de productos usted tiene la posibilidad de seleccionar la **Unidad de medida** (se utilizará en las ventas, inventarios, ...) y la ** Unidad de Medida de Adquisición** (de compra)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:70 msgid "" "In this case select **Liters** for **Unit of Measure** and **Gallons** for " "**Purchase Unit of Measure**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En este caso seleccione **Litros** en **Unidades de Medidas** y **Galones** de **Unidades de Medida de Adquisición**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:77 msgid "Create your own unit of measure and unit of measure category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear sus propias unidades de medida y la categoría de las unidades de medida" #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:79 msgid "" "Let's take now our second example (you buy curtains from a supplier, the " "supplier sells you the curtains in the unit **roll** and you sell the " "curtains in **square meters**)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tomemos ahora el segundo ejemplo (usted comprará cortinas a su proveedor, el cual las vende en unidades de **rollo** y usted venderá las cortinas en **metros cuadrados**)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -590,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" "relate an existing measure from one category with an existing measure of " "another category. We thus first have to create a shared **Measure Category**" " where both units have a conversion relationship." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las dos medidas son parte de diferentes categorías. Recuerde, que no se puede relacionar una unidad existente de una categoría con otra unidad existente de otra categoría. Que por lo tanto usted primero debe crear una **Categoría de Medida** compartida donde las dos unidades tengan una relación de conversión. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -598,13 +616,13 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Unit of Measure`. Create a new unit of **Measure Category** by" " selecting the dropdown list and clicking on create and edit (see picture " "below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para hacer eso, vaya al módulo de ventas y seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos --> Unidades de Medidas`. Crear una nueva unidad para **Categoría de Medida** para seleccionar la lista desplegable y hacer clic en crear y editar (como se muestra en la imagen siguiente)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:96 msgid "" "Create a new unit of measure. In this case our category will be called " "**Inter-Category-Computation**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Crear una nueva unidad de medida. En este caso su categoría será llamada **Inter-Categoría-Computación**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -612,7 +630,7 @@ msgid "" "measure and to link them to the new category. To do so, go into your " "purchase module select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Products --> Units " "of Measure`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El siguiente paso es crear las unidades de medida que se usarán **Rollos** y **Metros cuadrados** y unirlos a la nueva categoría. Para hacer eso, vaya al módulo de compras y seleccione :menuselection:`Configuración --> Productos --> Unidades de Medida`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:106 msgid "Create two new units:" @@ -625,7 +643,7 @@ msgid "" " is the measure set as a reference within the category. Meaning that other " "measures will be converted depending on this measure (ex: 1 roll = 10 square" " meters, 2 rolls = 20 square meters, etc.)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La unidad **Rollo** es parte de la categoría Inter-Categoría-Computación y es un **Tipo de Referencia de Unidades** (ver la siguiente imagen). El tipo de Referencias de Unidades se establece la medida como una referencia dentro de la categoría. Significa que otras medidas serán convertidas dependiendo de esta medida (por ejemplo: 1 rollo = 10 metros cuadrados, 2 rollos = 20 metros cuadrados, etc.)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -633,13 +651,13 @@ msgid "" " of curtain. It will thus be necessary to specify that as type, the square " "meter is bigger than the reference unit. The **Bigger Ratio** is ``10`` as " "``one Roll = 10 square meters``." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para los **Metros Cuadrados**, usted deberá especificar que ``1 rollo = 10 metros cuadrados`` de cortina. En consecuencia, será necesario especificar que tipo es, los metros cuadrados son más grandes que la referencia de unidad. El **Más grande Ratio** es ``10`` como `ùn rollo = 10 metros cuadrados``." #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:126 msgid "" "It is now possible to input **square meters** as Unit of measure and a " "**Roll** as Purchase Unit of Measure in the product form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahora es posible introducir **metros cuadrados** como Unidad de medida y **rollo** como Unidad de Medida Adquirida en la forma del producto. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/master/uom.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`configuration`" @@ -658,11 +676,11 @@ msgid "" "If your company regularly buys products from several suppliers, it would be " "useful to get statistics on your purchases. There are several reasons to " "track and analyze your vendor’s performance :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si su empresa compra regularmente productos de varios proveedores, sería útil obtener estadísticas sobre sus compras. Hay varias razones para realizar un seguimiento y analizar el rendimiento de su proveedor:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:9 msgid "You can see how dependant from a supplier your company is;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted puede ver cómo depende de un proveedor de su empresa es;" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:11 msgid "you can negotiate discounts on prices;" @@ -683,18 +701,18 @@ msgid "" "total price paid for each vendor and the delivery delay. The insights " "gathered by the company will help it to better analyze, forecast and plan " "their future orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por ejemplo, un distribuidor de productos para las TI que emite decenas de órdenes de compra a varios proveedores cada semana puede querer a medida cada producto, el precio total pagado por cada proveedor y el retraso en la entrega. Las ideas recogidas por la compañía ayudará a analizar mejor, pronosticar y planificar sus futuros pedidos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:27 #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase Management module" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación el módulo de Gestión de Compras" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:29 msgid "" "From the **Apps** menu, search and install the **Purchase Management** " "module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde el menú de **Aplicaciones**, busque e instale el módulo de **Gestión de Compras**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:36 msgid "Issue some purchase orders" @@ -706,7 +724,7 @@ msgid "" "some **Request For Quotations** (RfQ) and confirm some **Purchase Orders**. " "If you want to know how to generate a purchase order, please read the " "documentation :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por supuesto, con el fin de analizar el rendimiento de sus proveedores, usted necesita emitir una **Solicitud para Citas** (RfQ) y la confirmación de las **Órdenes de Compra**. Si usted quiere saber como se genera una orden de compra, por favor lea la documentación :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:44 msgid "Analyzing your vendors" @@ -724,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "" "month** and for **each supplier**. Simply by accessing this basic report, " "you can get a quick overview of your actual performance. You can add a lot " "of extra data to your report by clicking on the **Measures** icon." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted tiene acceso a las actuaciones de los proveedores en el menú de Informes. De forma predeterminada, los grupos de informes de todas las órdenes de compra estarán en una tabla dinámica por **precio total**, **cantidad de producto** y el **precio promedio** para **cada mes** y para **cada proveedor**. Por el simple hecho de acceder a este informe básico, se puede obtener una visión general rápida de su desempeño real. Usted puede agregar una gran cantidad de datos adicionales para su informe haciendo clic en el icono de **Medidas**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -732,7 +750,7 @@ msgid "" "report in order to change the way your information is displayed. For " "example, if I want to see all the products bought for the current month, I " "need to click on the **+** icon on the vertical axis and then on “Products”." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al hacer clic en los iconos de **+** y **-**, se puede perforar hacia arriba y abajo su informe con el fin de cambiar la forma en que se visualiza la información. Por ejemplo, si quiero ver todos los productos comprados para el mes en curso, lo que necesito es hacer clic en el icono **+** en el eje vertical y luego en \"Productos\"." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -741,13 +759,13 @@ msgid "" " in 3 graph views : a **Pie Chart**, a **Bar Chart** and a **Line Chart**: " "These views are accessible through the icons highlighted on the screenshot " "below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En función de los datos que desea poner al inicio, puede que tenga que mostrar sus informes en una vista más visual. Usted puede transformar su informe en un solo clic en 3 vistas de gráfico: un **Gráfico Circular**, **Gráfico de Barras** y ** Gráfico de líneas**: Estas vistas son accesibles a través de los iconos resaltados en la pantalla de abajo ." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:77 msgid "" "On the contrary to the pivot table, a graph can only be computed with one " "dependent and one independent measure." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por el contrario a la tabla dinámica, un gráfico que sólo puede ser calculado con un dependiente y una medida independiente." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:81 msgid "Customize reports" @@ -763,7 +781,7 @@ msgid "" "some categories of datas, while the **Group by** option improves the " "readability of your reports. Note that you can filter and group by any " "existing field, making your customization very flexible and powerful." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted puede personalizar fácilmente sus reportes dependiendo de sus necesidades. Para hacerlo, es necesario usar la **Vista de búsqueda avanzada** situada en el lado derecho de la pantalla, haciendo clic en el icono de la lupa en el extremo del botón de la barra de búsqueda. Esta función le permite resaltar sólo los datos seleccionados en su informe. La opción de **filtros** es muy útil con el fin de mostrar algunas categorías de datos, mientras que la opción de **Grupo de** mejora la legibilidad de los informes. Observe que puede filtrar y agrupar por cualquier campo existente, haciendo que su personalización sea muy flexible y potente." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/analyze.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -791,7 +809,7 @@ msgstr "¿Cómo controlar las cuentas de proveedores?" msgid "" "The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " "incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El módulo de **Compras** permite que usted maneje las órdenes de compras, los productos entrantes y las facturas de los proveedores, todo a la perfección en un mismo lugar. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -799,52 +817,52 @@ msgid "" "need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" " and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " "management processes." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si desea establecer un proceso de control de factura de proveedor, lo primero que hay que hacer es tener datos de la compra en Odoo. Saber lo que se ha comprado y recibido es el primer paso hacia la comprensión de sus procesos de gestión de compras." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:13 msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aquí está un flujo de trabajo estándar de Odoo:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:15 msgid "" "You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " "vendor(s)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted empezará con las **Solicitudes de Presupuesto (RfQ)** que se enviarán a sus proveedor(es)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:18 msgid "" "Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " "Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que el proveedor haya aceptado la RfQ, es necesario confirmar la entrada de RfQ en las **Órdenes de Compra (PO)**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:21 msgid "" "Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " "stockable products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Confirmando la PO se generará un **Envío entrante**, en caso de adquirir cualquiera de los productos almacenables." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:24 msgid "" "Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " "products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al recibir una **Factura de proveedor** de su proveedor, hay que validar la cuenta con productos recibidos en el paso anterior para asegurar la precisión." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:27 msgid "" "This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " "only one." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Este proceso puede estar hecho por tres diferentes personas de la compañía o por una sola. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:34 msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalación de Solicitudes de Compra e Inventarios" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:36 msgid "" "From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " "install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing purchase will " "automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde el módulo de **Aplicaciones**, busque el módulo de **Compras** e instálelo. Debido a ciertas dependencias, la instalación del módulo de compras instalará el módulo de **Almacén** y el de **Contabilidad**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:41 msgid "Creating products" @@ -855,20 +873,20 @@ msgid "" "Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " "within Odoo. Simply navigate to the **Products** submenu under **Purchase**," " and click **Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La creación de productos en Odoo es esencial para la compra rápida y eficiente dentro Odoo. Simplemente navegar en el submenú de los **Productos** bajo **Compra** y haga clic en **Crear**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:50 msgid "" "When creating the product, Pay attention to the **Product Type** field, as " "it is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando se crea un producto, es necesario poner atención al campo del **Tipo de Producto**, ya que es importante: " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:53 msgid "" "Products that are set as **Stockable** or **Consumable** will allow you to " "keep track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management " "and will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los productos que se configuran como **Almacenable** o **Consumible** le permitirá realizar un seguimiento de sus niveles de almacén. Estas opciones implican la gestión de almacenes y permitirán la recepción de este tipo de productos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -876,7 +894,7 @@ msgid "" "will not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " "inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " "of these designations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por el contrario, los productos que se configuran como un **Servicio** o un **Producto Digital** no aplican en la gestión de almacén, simplemente por el hecho de que no existe un inventario de manejar. Usted no será capaz de recibir los productos en cualquiera de estas designaciones." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -884,7 +902,7 @@ msgid "" "purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " "management. If you create such a product, it is recommend to set the product" " type to **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se recomienda crear un **Diverso Producto** para todas las compras que se producen con poca frecuencia y no requieren de valoración o la gestión de inventarios. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer el tipo de producto en **Servicio**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:70 msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" @@ -902,13 +920,13 @@ msgid "" "Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " "vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " "Reference)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A partir de la solicitud de compra, se puede crear una orden de compra con tantos productos como sea necesario. Si el proveedor le envía una confirmación o una cita para un pedido, puede registrar el número de referencia del pedido en el campo de **Referencia del Proveedor**. Esto le permitirá hacer coincidir fácilmente el PO con la factura del proveedor después (como la factura de proveedor probablemente incluirá la Referencia del Proveedor)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:85 msgid "" "Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the **Inventory** " "application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validar el pedido y recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacenes**. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:89 msgid "Receiving Products" @@ -921,13 +939,13 @@ msgid "" "after you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory** dashboard, you " "should see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This " "button is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si ha adquirido cualquier producto almacenable que administra el inventario, tendrá que recibir los productos desde el módulo de **Almacén** después de que usted confirme una orden de compra. Desde el tablero de **Almacén**, debería ver un botón que une directamente a la transferencia de productos. Este botón se indica en rojo a continuación:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:100 msgid "" "Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders awaiting to be " "received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Navegando por esta ruta le llevará una lista de todos los pedidos en espera de ser recibidos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -938,11 +956,11 @@ msgid "" "group the orders by different criteria under **Group By**. Selecting an item" " from this list will open the following screen where you then will receive " "the products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted tiene varias órdenes en espera, debe de aplicar un filtro utilizando la barra de búsqueda en la parte superior derecha. Con esta barra de búsqueda, es posible acceder a un filtro basado en el **Proveedor** (o **Socio**), el producto o el documento de origen, también conocido como la referencia de la orden de compra. Usted también tiene la capacidad de agrupar los pedidos por diferentes criterios bajo el nombre de **Grupo Por**. Al seleccionar un elemento de esta lista se abrirá la siguiente pantalla en la que a continuación, recibirá los productos. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:117 msgid "Purchasing **Service** products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La compra del **Servicio** de productos no desencadena una orden de entrega." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:120 msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" @@ -954,7 +972,7 @@ msgid "" "record it in the **Purchases** application under the **Control Menu**. You " "need to create a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase " "order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando reciba una **Factura de Proveedor** para una compra anterior, asegúrese de anotar en el módulo de **Compras** bajo el **Menú de Control**. Es necesario crear una nueva factura de proveedor, incluso si ya está registrada una orden de compra." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -967,27 +985,27 @@ msgid "" "information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " "vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " "reference number or your internal purchase order number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lo primero que tendrá que hacer al crear una **Factura de Proveedor**, es seleccionar al **Proveedor** adecuado ya que esto también se asocia a cualquier asociado contable o a la información de lista de precios. A partir de ahí, se puede optar por especificar cualquiera o varias órdenes de compra para llenar la factura del proveedor con. Al seleccionar una orden de compra de la lista, Odoo empujará cualquier producto no facturado ni asociado a la orden de compra y rellenará automáticamente la información a continuación. Si usted está teniendo dificultades para encontrar la factura del proveedor correspondiente, puede buscar a través de la lista introduciendo el número de referencia del proveedor o su número de orden de compra interna." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:144 msgid "" "While the invoice is in draft state, you can make any modifications you need" " (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change prices)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mientras que la factura está en estado de borrador, puede hacer las modificaciones necesarias (es decir, quitar o añadir líneas de productos, modificar cantidades, y cambiar los precios)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:149 msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same purchase order if:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor puede enviarle varias facturas para la misma orden de compra sí:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:151 msgid "" "Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " "products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor está en la parte trasera de la orden y usted está el envío de facturas, ya que se envían los productos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:154 msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Su proveedor le envía una factura parcial o pregunta por un depósito." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -997,76 +1015,76 @@ msgid "" " product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" " you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" " validate the vendor bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cada vez que se graba una nueva factura de proveedor, Odoo rellenará automáticamente las cantidades de productos en base a lo que se ha recibido del proveedor. Si este valor está mostrando un cero, esto significa que usted todavía no ha recibido este producto y simplemente sirve como un recordatorio de que el producto no está en la mano y es posible que tenga que investigar más a fondo de esto. En cualquier punto en el tiempo, antes de validar la factura de proveedor, puede anular esta cantidad cero." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:165 msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Facturas de Proveedor Acompañadas" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:168 msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Qué hacer si su factura de proveedor no coincide con lo que ha recibido?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:170 msgid "" "If the bill you receive from the vendor has different quantities than what " "Odoo automatically populates as quantities, this could be due to several " "reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si la factura que reciba del proveedor tiene diferentes cantidades que las cantidades puestas automáticamente por Odoo, esto podría ser debido a varias razones:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:174 msgid "" "The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" " have not ordered." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El proveedor le está cobrando de forma incorrecta los productos y/o servicios que usted no haya solicitado." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:177 msgid "" "The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," " as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El proveedor le está facturando para los productos que es posible que no haya recibido todavía, como el control de la facturación puede basarse en cantidades solicitadas o recibidas." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:181 msgid "Or the vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O el proveedor no le facturará los productos previamente adquiridos." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:183 msgid "" "In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " "associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " "understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En estos casos se recomienda que compruebe que la factura, y cualquier orden de compra asociada al proveedor, sea precisa y que entienda lo que usted ha pedido y lo que haya recibido." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:187 msgid "" "If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " "could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si no puede encontrar una orden de compra relacionada con la factura de proveedor, esto podría deberse a una de varias razones:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:190 msgid "" "The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order, therefore it is" " not going to appear anywhere in the selection." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El proveedor ya le ha facturado por esta orden de compra, por lo que no va a aparecer en cualquier parte de la selección." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:193 msgid "" "Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alguien en la empresa se olvidó de registrar una orden de compra para este proveedor." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:196 msgid "Or the vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "O el proveedor le está cobrando algo que usted no pidió. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:199 msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo se manejan las cantidades de productos?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:201 msgid "" "By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " "stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Por defecto, los servicios se gestionan en base a cantidades pedidas, mientras los almacenables y consumibles se gestionan sobre la base de las cantidades recibidas." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -1075,13 +1093,13 @@ msgid "" "information. Once debug mode is activated, select the product(s) you wish to" " modify, and you should see a new field appear, labeled **Control Purchase " "Bills**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted necesita para administrar los productos basados en cantidades pedidas más de las cantidades recibidas, necesitará habilitar el **Modo de depuración** de la información **Sobre Odoo**. Una vez que se activa el modo de depuración, seleccione el producto(s) que desea modificar, y usted debería ver aparecer un nuevo campo, con la etiqueta **Factura de control de compra**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:213 msgid "" "You can then change the default management method for the selected product " "to be based on either:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A continuación, puede cambiar el método de gestión predeterminada para el producto seleccionado a basarse en cualquiera:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/bills.rst:216 msgid "Ordered quantities" @@ -1102,7 +1120,7 @@ msgid "" "additional line items from that purchase order. If you have not deleted the " "previous line items from the first purchase order the bill will be linked to" " all the appropriate purchase orders." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al crear una factura de proveedor y la selección de la orden de compra apropiada, puede continuar para seleccionar las órdenes de compra adicionales y Odoo agregará las partidas adicionales de esa orden de compra. Si no ha eliminado las partidas anteriores de la primera orden de compra la factura se vinculará a todas las órdenes de compra correspondientes." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:3 msgid "How to cancel a purchase order?" @@ -1114,7 +1132,7 @@ msgid "" "necessary to cancel purchase orders sent to suppliers. Odoo allows you to do" " it, even if some or even all of the ordered goods already arrived in your " "warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Debido a malentendidos, errores humanos o cambio de planes, a veces es necesario cancelar los pedidos enviados a los proveedores. Odoo le permite hacer, incluso si una parte o incluso la totalidad de la mercancía pedida que ya está en su almacén." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1123,7 +1141,7 @@ msgid "" "application is required when using the **Purchase** module, it is also " "interesting to see the case of partially delivered goods that you want to " "cancel." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Primero vamos a tomar como ejemplo el caso de que usted pide **3 iPad mini** que no han llegado a sus transferencias todavía. Como se requiere la instalación de la aplicación de inventario cuando se utiliza el módulo de **Compra**, también es interesante ver el caso de los bienes en partes entregados que desea cancelar." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:17 msgid "Create a Purchase Order" @@ -1134,13 +1152,13 @@ msgid "" "The first step to create a **Purchase Order** is to create a **Request for " "Quotation (RFQ)** from the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Purchase --> " "Requests for quotation`. Confirm your RFQ to have a confirmed purchase order" -msgstr "" +msgstr "El primer paso para crear una **Orden de Compra** es crear una **Solicitud de Cotización** (RfQ) en el menú :menuselection:`Compras --> Compras --> Solicitudes de Cotización`. Confirme su RfQ para tener la orden de compra confirmada" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:25 msgid "" "To learn more about the purchase order process, read the documentation page " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para conocer más acerca del proceso de órdenes de compras, lea el siguiente documento :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:30 msgid "Cancel your Purchase Order" @@ -1148,33 +1166,33 @@ msgstr "Cancelar su Orden de Compra" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:33 msgid "Use case 1 : you didn’t receive your goods yet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use el caso 1 : usted todavía no recibe su mercancía" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:35 msgid "" "If you confirmed your purchase order and did not received your goods yet, " "you can simply cancel the PO it by clicking the cancel button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted ya confirmó su orden de compra y no ha recibido todavía su mercancía, sólo tiene que cancelar el pedido haciendo clic en el botón de cancelar." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:41 msgid "" "Odoo will automatically cancel the outstanding shipments related to this PO " "and the status bar will switch from **Purchase order** to **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo cancelará automáticamente los envíos pendientes relacionadas con esta orden de compra y la barra de estado cambiará de **Orden de Compra** a **Cancelado**. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:48 msgid "Use case 2 : partially delivered goods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use el caso 2 : si la mercancía está parcialmente entregada" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:50 msgid "" "In this case, **2** of the **3 iPad Mini** arrived before you needed to " "cancel the PO." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En el caso, **2** de las **3 Ipad Mini** llegaron antes de lo necesario para cancelar la orden de compra. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:54 msgid "Register good received and cancel backorder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registrar la mercancía recibida y cancelar los pedidos pendientes" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -1182,7 +1200,7 @@ msgid "" "the arrival of the **third iPad Mini** that is still supposed to be shipped." " From the PO, click on **Receive products** and, on the **iPad Mini order " "line**, manually change the received quantities under the Column **Done**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "La primer cosa a hacer será para registrar los bienes recibidos, y para cancelar la llegada del tercer **iPad mini** que todavía se supone va a ser enviado. Desde el PO, haga clic en **Recibir producto** y, en la **línea para el iPad mini*, manualmente hay que cambiar las cantidades recibidas en virtud de la Columna **Hecho**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:66 msgid "To learn more, see :doc:`reception`" @@ -1193,14 +1211,14 @@ msgid "" "When clicking on **Validate**, Odoo will warn you that you have processed " "less products than the initial demand (2 instead of 3 in our case) and will " "ask you the permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al hacer clic en **Validar**, Odoo le avisará que ha procesado menos productos que la demanda inicial (2 en lugar de 3, en nuestro caso) y le pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:75 msgid "" "Click on **No backorder** to cancel the supply of the remaining product. You" " will notice than the quantity to receive has been changed accordingly and, " "therefore, the delivery status has switched to **Done**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haga clic en **Sin pedido pendiente** para cancelar el suministro del producto restante. Se dará cuenta de que la cantidad a recibir se ha modificado en consecuencia y, por lo tanto, el estado de entrega ha cambiado a **Hecho**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:83 msgid "Create reverse transfer" @@ -1212,20 +1230,20 @@ msgid "" " location. To do so, click on the **Reverse** button from the same document." " A reverse transfer window will pop up. Enter the quantity to return and the" " corresponding location and click on **Return**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ahora, usted necesita devolver el iPad mini que ha recibido a la ubicación de su proveedor. Para ello, haga clic en el botón **Inverso** del mismo documento. Una ventana de transferencia inversa aparecerá. Ingresa la cantidad a devolver y la ubicación correspondiente y haga clic en **Devolver**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:93 msgid "" "Process the return shipment and control that the stock move is from your " "stock to your vendor location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procesar la devolución y controla que la acción del movimiento del almacén sea de la ubicación del proveedor." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:99 msgid "" "When the reverse transfer is done, the status of your purchase order will be" " automatically set to done, meaning that your PO has been completely " "cancelled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando se hace la transferencia inversa, el estatus de la orden de compras será ajustará a hecho automáticamente, lo que significa que la orden de compra ha sido completamente cancelada. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/cancel.rst:104 #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:120 @@ -1316,35 +1334,35 @@ msgstr "El estado de la RfQ cambiará a la ORDEN DE COMPRA. En la esquina superi #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/currency.rst:3 msgid "How to purchase in a foreign currency?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo comprar en una moneda extranjera?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:3 msgid "How to control product received? (entirely & partially)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo controlar un producto recibido? (total y/o parcialmente)" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:5 msgid "" "The **Purchase** app allows you to manage your purchase orders, to control " "products to receive and to control supplier bills." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El módulo de **Compra** le permite gestionar sus órdenes de compra, para el control de productos para recibir y controlar las facturas de los proveedores." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:8 msgid "" "If you want to get product forecasts and receptions under control, the first" " thing to do is to deploy the Odoo purchase process. Knowing what have been " "purchased is the basis of forecasting and controlling receptions." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si quieres obtener las previsiones de productos y recepciones bajo control, lo primero que debe hacer es implementar el proceso de compra Odoo. Saber lo que han comprado en base de la previsión y el control de recepciones." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:17 msgid "Install the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalar el módulo de Compras y de Inventario" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:19 msgid "" "Start by installing the Purchase application from the **Apps** module. This " "will automatically trigger the installation of the **Inventory** app (among " "others), which is required with **Purchase**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inicia instalando el módulo de Compras desde el módulo **Aplicaciones**. Este hará automáticamente la instalación del módulo de **Inventario** (entre otros), el cual es requerido para **Compras**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:27 msgid "Create products" @@ -1355,22 +1373,22 @@ msgid "" "Then, you need to create the products you want to purchase. Go to the " "**Purchase** app, then :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products`, and click on " "**Create**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Después, se necesita crear los productos que desea vender. Vaya al módulo de **Compras**, luego :menuselection:`Compras --> Productos`, y haga clic en **Crear**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:36 msgid "When creating the product, the **Product Type** field is important:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando se esta creando un producto, en el campo **Tipo de Producto** es importante:" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:38 msgid "" "**Stockable & Consumable**: products need to be received in the inventory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Almacenable y Consumible**: son productos que se necesitna para ser recibidos en su inventario." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:41 msgid "" "**Services & Digital Products** (only when the **eCommerce** app is " "installed): there is no control about what you receive or not." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Servicios y Productos Digitales** (únicamente cuando el módulo de **eCommerce** está instalada): no hay control sobre lo que usted recibe o no recibe. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -1378,7 +1396,7 @@ msgid "" "you purchased rarely and for which you don’t want to manage the stocks or " "have purchase/sale statistics. If you create such a product, we recommend to" " set his product type field as **Service**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siempre es bueno para crear un **Diverso** para todos los productos que usted compró en raras ocasiones y para los que no desea gestionar en los almacenables o tienen estadísticas de compra/venta. Si crea un producto de este tipo, se recomienda establecer su campo de tipo de producto como de **Servicio**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:52 msgid "Control products receptions" @@ -1395,13 +1413,13 @@ msgid "" " **Vendor Reference** field. This will allow you to easily do the matching " "with the delivery order later on (as the delivery order will probably " "include the **Vendor Reference** of his sale order)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A partir de la solicitud de compra, crear una orden de compra con algunos productos. Si el proveedor le envía una orden de venta o una cita, ponga su referencia en el campo de **Referencia de Proveedor**. Esto le permitirá hacer fácilmente la coincidencia con la orden de entrega más adelante (como la orden de entrega probablemente incluirá la **Referencia de Proveedor** de su orden de venta)." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:67 msgid "" "See the documentation page :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` " "for a full overview of the purchase process." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vea la documentación :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` para un completo esquema del proceso de compras. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:71 msgid "Receive Products" @@ -1413,13 +1431,13 @@ msgid "" "receive the products from the **Inventory** application. From the " "**Inventory** dashboard, you should see a button **X To Receive**, on the " "receipt box of the related warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si ha adquirido bienes físicos (almacenables o productos consumibles), puede recibir los productos del módulo de **Inventario**. Desde el tablero de **Inventario**, debería ver un botón **X para Recibir**, en el cuadro de la recepción de la bodega correspondiente." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:81 msgid "" "Click on this button and you access a list of all awaiting orders for this " "warehouse." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Haz click en este botón y accede a una lista de todos los pedidos en espera para este almacén." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1428,7 +1446,7 @@ msgid "" "source document, which is the reference of your purchase order. You can open" " the document that matches with the received delivery order and process all " "the lines within it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted tiene una gran cantidad de pedidos en espera, puede usar la barra de filtro para buscar en el **Proveedor** (también llamado **Socio** en Odoo), el producto o el documento de origen, que es la referencia de su orden de compra. Puede abrir el documento que coincida con el almacén de entrega recibido y procesar todas las líneas dentro de ella." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -1436,27 +1454,27 @@ msgid "" "button or you can control all products, one by one, by manually change the " "**Done** quantity (what has actually been received). When a line is green, " "it means the quantity received matches to what have been expected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usted puede validar todo el documento a la vez haciendo clic en el botón **Validar** o puede controlar todos los productos, uno por uno, cambiando manualmente la cantidad a **Hecho** (lo que en realidad se ha recibido). Cuando una línea es de color verde, significa que la cantidad recibida coincida con lo que se esperaba." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:103 msgid "" "If you work with lots or serial numbers, you can not set the processed " "quantity, but you have to provide all the lots or serial numbers to record " "the quantity received." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted trabaja con lotes o números de serie, no se puede establecer la cantidad procesada, pero usted tiene que proporcionar todos los lotes o números de serie para registrar la cantidad recibida." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:107 msgid "" "When you validate the reception, if you have received less products than the" " initial demand, Odoo will ask youthe permission to create a backorder." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al validar la recepción, si ha recibido menos productos que la demanda inicial, Odoo le pedirá permiso para crear un pedido pendiente. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:114 msgid "" "If you plan to receive the remaining product in the future, select **Create " "Backorder**. Odoo will create a new documents for the awaiting products. If " "you choose **No Backorder**, the order is considered as fulfilled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si va a recibir el producto restante en el futuro, seleccione **Crear Pedido Pendiente**. Odoo creará un nuevo documento para los productos en espera. Si escoge **Sin Pedido Pendiente**, el pedido se considerará cumplido." #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/reception.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`cancel`" @@ -1464,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`cancel`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/rfq/subcontracting.rst:3 msgid "How to manage sub-contracting (purchase of services)?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo administrar la sub contratación (compra de servicios)?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender.rst:3 msgid "Purchase Tenders" @@ -1624,45 +1642,45 @@ msgstr "Vea *Solicitudes de Compras* en la demostración de Odoo en línea." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/manage_multiple_offers.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../overview/process/difference`" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:3 msgid "" "How to purchase partially at two vendors for the same purchase tenders?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo comprar parcialmente a dos proveedores de las mismas ofertas de compra?" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "For some Purchase Tenders (PT), you might sometimes want to be able to " "select only a part of some of the offers you received. In Odoo, this is made" " possible through the advanced mode of the **Purchase** module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para algunas Licitaciones de Compra (PT), es posible que a veces se quiera ser capaz de seleccionar sólo una parte de alguna de las ofertas que se han recibido. En Odoo, esto es posible a través del modo avanzado del módulo de **Compras**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:10 msgid "" "If you want to know how to handle a simple **Purchase Tender**, read the " "document on :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si usted quiere saber cómo manejar una sencilla **Licitación de Compra**, lea el documento en :doc:`manage_multiple_offers`." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:19 msgid "From the **Apps** menu, install the **Purchase Management** app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde el módulo de **Aplicaciones**, instale el módulo de **Gestión de Compras**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:25 msgid "Activating the Purchase Tender and Purchase Tender advanced mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activar en las Licitaciones de Compra y el modo avanzado de las Licitaciones de Compras " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" "In order to be able to select elements of an offer, you must activate the " "advanced mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Con el fin de ser capaz de seleccionar elementos de una oferta, se debe activar el modo avanzado." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:30 msgid "" "To do so, go into the **Purchases** module, open the **Configuration** menu " "and click on **Settings**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para hacer eso, vaya al módulo de **Compras**, abra el menú de **Configuración** y haga clic en **Ajustes**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1670,24 +1688,24 @@ msgid "" " tenders to get quotes from multiple suppliers(...)**, and in the **Advanced" " Calls for Tenders** section, tick the option **Advanced call for tender " "(...)** then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En la sección de **Llamadas a Licitación**, marque la casilla **Permitir usar llamadas a licitación para recibir cotizaciones de varios proveedores(...)**, y en la sección **Avanzada de Llamadas a Licitación**, marqué la opción **Avanzada llamada a licitación (...)** después de clic en **Aplicar**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:42 msgid "Selecting elements of a RFQ/Bid" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Selección de elementos de una RfQ/Oferta" #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:44 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Purchase Tenders`. Create a purchase " "tender containing several products, and follow the usual sequence all the " "way to the **Bid Selection** status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya al :menuselection:`Compras --> Licitaciones de Compra`. Crear una licitación d compra que contiene varios productos, y siga la secuencia habitual hasta el final del estado de la **Selección de Oferta**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:49 msgid "" "When you closed the call, click on **Choose Product Lines** to access the " "list of products and the bids received for all of them." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando usted cierra una llamada de licitación, haga clic en **Elegir Línea de Productos** para acceder a la lista de todos los productos y ofertas recibidas por ellos. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1696,25 +1714,25 @@ msgid "" "The lines for which you've confirmed the order turn blue. When you're " "finished, click on **Generate PO** to create a purchase order for each " "product and supplier." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desenrolle la lista de ofertas que ha recibido para cada producto, y haga clic en el símbolo *v* (**Confirmar Orden**) al lado de las ofertas con las que desea proceder. Las líneas para las que usted ha confirmado la orden se turnó azul. Cuando haya terminado, haga clic en **Generar PO** para crear una orden de compra para cada producto y proveedor." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "When you come back to you purchase tender, you can see that the status has " "switched to **PO Created** and that the **Requests for Quotations** now have" " a status of **Purchase Order** or **Cancelled**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cuando vuelvas a la licitación de compra, se puede ver que el estado ha cambiado a **PO Creado** y que las **Solicitudes de Compras** ahora tienen un estado de **Orden de Compra** o **Cancelado**." #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:72 msgid "" "From there, follow the documentation " ":doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` to proceed with the " "delivery and invoicing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Desde allí, siga con los documentos :doc:`../../overview/process/from_po_to_invoice` para proceder con la entrega y la facturación. " #: ../../purchase/purchases/tender/partial_purchase.rst:76 msgid ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`manage_multiple_offers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment.rst:3 msgid "Replenishment" @@ -1726,7 +1744,7 @@ msgstr "Flujo de reposición" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:3 msgid "How are the order date and scheduled dates computed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo se calculan la fecha de la orden y las fechas programadas?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1736,7 +1754,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduler computes everything per line, whether it's a manufacturing order, " "a delivery order, a sale order, etc. The dates that are computed are " "dependent on the different leads times configured in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las fechas programadas se calculan con el fin de poder planificar las entregas, recepciones y así sucesivamente. En función de los hábitos de su empresa, Odoo genera automáticamente las fechas programadas a través del planificador. El planificador Odoo computa todo por línea, si se trata de una orden de fabricación, una orden de entrega, una orden de venta, etc. Las fechas que se calculan son dependientes de las diferentes derivaciones tiempos configurados en Odoo." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:13 msgid "Configuring lead times" @@ -1748,7 +1766,7 @@ msgid "" "scheduled dates. Lead times are the delays (in term of delivery, " "manufacturing, ...) promised to your different partners and/or clients. " "Configuration of the different lead times are made as follows:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "La configuración de los **tiempos de entrega** es un paso esencial para calcular fechas programadas. Los plazos de entrega son los retrasos (en términos de suministro, fabricación, ...) prometieron a sus diferentes socios y/o clientes. La configuración de los diferentes plazos de entrega que se realizan de la siguiente manera:" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:21 msgid "On a product level" @@ -1765,29 +1783,29 @@ msgid "" "(from the Purchase module, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Product`), and" " go in the **Inventory** tab. You will have to add a **Vendor** to your " "product in order to select a supplier lead time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El plazo de ejecución de proveedores es el tiempo necesario para el proveedor para entregar su producto adquirido. Para configurar el tiempo de espera del proveedor, hay que seleccionar un producto (desde el módulo de Compra, vaya a:menuselection:`Compras --> Producto`), e ir a la sección **Inventario**. Usted tendrá que añadir un **Proveedor** a su producto con el fin de seleccionar un plazo de ejecución de proveedores." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:36 msgid "" "It is possible to add more than one vendor per product and thus different " "delivery lead times depending on the vendor." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Es posible añadir más de un proveedor por producto y por lo tanto diferentes plazos de entrega dependiendo del mismo." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:39 msgid "" "Once a vendor is selected, click on it to open its form and indicate its " "delivery lead time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Una vez que se selecciona a un proveedor, haga clic en él para abrir su forma e indicar su tiempo de entrega." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:46 msgid "" "In this case security days have no influence, the scheduled delivery days " "will be equal to: Date of the purchase order + Delivery Lead Time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "En este caso, los días de seguridad no tienen influencia, los días de entrega programados serán iguales a: Fecha de la orden de compra + Tiempo de Entrega de la Iniciativa." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:50 msgid "Customer lead time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tiempo de espera de los clientes" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1796,11 +1814,11 @@ msgid "" "Simply select a product (from the **Sales** module, go to " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Product`), and go into the **Sales** tab to " "indicate your customer lead time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El tiempo de espera del cliente es el tiempo necesario para obtener su producto en la tienda/almacén de su cliente. Se puede configurar para cualquier producto. Sólo tiene que seleccionar un producto (del módulo de **Ventas**, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Producto`), y entre en la pestaña de **Ventas** para indicar su tiempo de espera de los clientes." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:62 msgid "On the company level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En el nivel de la compañía" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -1808,11 +1826,11 @@ msgid "" "cope with eventual delays and to be sure to meet your engagements. The idea " "is to subtract **backup** days from the computed scheduled date in case of " "delays." -msgstr "" +msgstr "El nivel de la empresa, es posible el parámetro **días de seguridad** con el fin de hacer frente a los retrasos eventuales y para estar seguros de satisfacer sus compromisos. La idea es restar días **de seguridad** del respaldo desde la fecha prevista calculada en caso de retrasos." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:70 msgid "Sales Safety days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días de Seguridad en Ventas" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -1823,31 +1841,31 @@ msgid "" "days from the calculation and thus to compute a scheduled date earlier than " "the one you promised to your client. That way you are sure to be able to " "keep your commitment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Respaldo** de días de seguridad en las ventas son los días para asegurarse de que será capaz de ofrecer contratos a sus clientes a tiempo. Ellos son los márgenes de error de los plazos de entrega. Días de seguridad es la misma lógica que el principio del reloj de pulsera, con el fin de llegar a tiempo. La idea es restar el número de días de seguridad del cálculo y por lo tanto para calcular una fecha programada anterior a la que prometiste a tu cliente. De esa manera usted está seguro de ser capaz de mantener su compromiso." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:80 msgid "" "To set up your security dates, go to the app :menuselection:`Settings --> " "General settings`, and click on **Configure your company data**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Para configurar los días de seguridad, vaya al módulo :menuselection:`Configuración --> Configuraciones Generales`, y haga clic en **Configurar la base de datos de la compañía**." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:87 msgid "Go the **Configuration** tab to indicate the number of safety days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vaya a la pestaña de **Configuración** para indicar el número de días de seguridad." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:93 msgid "" "Note that you can in this menu configure a default **Manufacturing** lead " "time." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Observe que en este menú puede configurar un valor predeterminado **Fabricación** tiempo de entrega." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:97 msgid "Purchase days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días de Compra" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:99 msgid "Purchase days response to the same logic than sales security days." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Días de compra en respuesta a la misma lógica que los días de seguridad en ventas." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -1855,7 +1873,7 @@ msgid "" "purchase orders for procuring products, they will be scheduled in order to " "cope with unexpected vendor delays. Purchase lead time can be found in the " "same menu as the sales safety days (see screenshot above)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ellos son los márgenes de error de los plazos de entrega de proveedores. Cuando el sistema genera órdenes de compra para la adquisición de productos, que serán programadas con el fin de hacer frente a los retrasos de los proveedores inesperados. Compra de tiempo de espera se puede encontrar en el mismo menú que los días de seguridad ventas (ver imagen arriba)." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:108 msgid "On route level" @@ -1865,19 +1883,19 @@ msgstr "En un nivel de ruta" msgid "" "The internal transfers due to the movement of stocks can also influence the " "computed date." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Las transferencias internas debido al movimiento de lo almacenado también pueden influir en la fecha calculada." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:113 msgid "" "The delays due to internal transfers can be specified in the **Inventory** " "module when creating a new push rule for a new route." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Los retrasos debido a las transferencias internas se pueden especificar en el módulo de **Inventario** al crear una nueva regla de inserción para una nueva ruta." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:117 msgid "" "Read the documentation " ":doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` to learn more." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lea el documento :doc:`../../../../inventory/routes/concepts/push_rule` para conocer más. " #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:125 msgid "On document level:" @@ -1893,7 +1911,7 @@ msgid "" "straight on the sale order, under the tab **Other information**. If this " "date is earlier than the theoretically computed date, Odoo will " "automatically display a warning." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo ofrece la posibilidad de indicar una fecha solicitada por el cliente directamente en la orden de venta, en la pestaña **Información adicional**. Si esta fecha es anterior a la fecha calculada teóricamente, Odoo mostrará automáticamente una advertencia." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -1901,36 +1919,36 @@ msgid "" "order, and you promise to deliver your customer within 20 days (January 20)." " In such a scenario, the scheduler may trigger the following events, based " "on your configuration:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A modo de ejemplo, puede vender un coche hoy (1 de Enero), que se compra en la orden, y que prometen entregar a su cliente dentro de los 20 días (20 de Enero). En tal escenario, el organizador puede provocar los siguientes eventos, en base a su configuración:" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:146 msgid "January 19: actual scheduled delivery (1 day of Sales Safety days)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "19 de Enero: entrega programada real (1 día en los días seguridad en ventas)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:148 msgid "" "January 18: receive the product from your supplier (1 day of Purchase days)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "18 de Enero: recibir el producto de su proveedor (1 día en los días de compra)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:151 msgid "" "January 10: deadline to order at your supplier (9 days of supplier delivery " "lead time)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10 de Enero: fecha límite para pedir a su proveedor (9 días del tiempo de espera en la entrega del proveedor)" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/compute_date.rst:154 msgid "" "January 8: trigger a purchase request to your purchase team, since the team " "needs on average 2 days to find the right supplier and order." -msgstr "" +msgstr "8 de Enero: desencadenar una solicitud de compra a su equipo de la compra, ya que el equipo necesita un promedio de 2 días para encontrar el proveedor adecuado y el orden." #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/dropshipping.rst:3 msgid "How to setup drop-shipping?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar el envío desde el proveedor?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/purchase_triggering.rst:3 msgid "How to trigger the purchase of products based on sales?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo desencadenar la compra de productos en base a las ventas?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/replenishment_methods.rst:3 msgid "What are the available automated replenishment methods?" @@ -2029,7 +2047,7 @@ msgstr "En el módulo de Compras, abra el menú de Compras y haga clic en Produc #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:67 msgid "3 conditions for correct reordering rule :" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 condiciones para la regla de volver a ordenar de manera correcta:" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -2081,7 +2099,7 @@ msgstr "Si ha configurado varios almacenes y ubicación, especifiqué la ubicaci #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:96 msgid "" ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/settings/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -2156,15 +2174,15 @@ msgstr "Para saber cómo configurar y ejecutar los cambios de forma manual, cons #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:140 msgid ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`replenishment_methods`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/setup_stock_rule.rst:142 msgid ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../inventory/management/misc/schedulers`" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/flows/warning_triggering.rst:3 msgid "How to trigger a warning when purchasing at a specific vendor?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo activar una advertencia al comprarle a un proveedor específico?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany.rst:3 msgid "Multi-Companies" @@ -2172,16 +2190,16 @@ msgstr "Multi-Compañías" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/multicompany/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to setup a multi-company sale/purchase flow?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo configurar una multi-empresa con flujo de compra/venta?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting.rst:3 msgid "Trouble-Shooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Solución de problemas" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/is_everything_ok.rst:3 msgid "How to check that everything is working fine?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "¿Cómo comprobar que todo está funcionando de manera correcta?" #: ../../purchase/replenishment/trouble_shooting/not_generated.rst:3 msgid "My purchase orders have not been generated, why?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mis órdenes de compra no se han generado, ¿por qué?" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po index fa321ec68..c34f7f0ec 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/accounting.po @@ -3,14 +3,15 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo Business package. # # Translators: +# Jos De Graeve , 2015 # Martin Trigaux, 2015 # Yenthe Van Ginneken , 2015 msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-10 15:05+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-12 10:36+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-17 09:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-23 08:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" @@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ msgid "" "CODA import feature is already installed by default. In such a case, you can" " move directly to the next section `Import your first coda file " "`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien u het Belgische rekeningstelsel heeft geïnstalleerd dat met Odoo is meegeleverd, dan is de CODA importeer functie reeds geïnstalleerd voor u. In dat geval, kan u meteen doorgaan naar het volgende deel `Importeer uw eerste coda bestand `_" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/coda.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -266,7 +267,7 @@ msgstr "U kan er voor kiezen om het afschrift af te letteren door te klikken op msgid "" "You can also start the reconciliation process from the dashboard by clicking" " on **Reconcile # Items**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan ook het aflettering proces starten vanuit het dashboard door te klikken op **Letter # items**." #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/manual.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -439,19 +440,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal. Once " -"everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in Odoo " -"and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgid "Then, you will have to provide your credentials to connect to PayPal." msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:49 msgid "" +"Your Paypal **must be in English** (if it is not the case you must change " +"the langage of your Paypal account) and if you use a Paypal business account" +" you must switch back to the old interface in order for it to work with " +"Online feeds (you can switch from new to old interface in your Paypal " +"account)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If you don't do this you will get a message either saying to put Paypal in " +"English or that the site is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you configured your Paypal account correctly you should get to the next " +"step of the Online feeds configuration. There you will have a screen with a " +"date to fetch transaction from and a list of account to choose. You must " +"choose the **Paypal balance** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once everything is done, you should see your PayPal transactions right in " +"Odoo and you can start reconciling your payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" "Enjoy a full integration! You don't need to record transaction manually " "anymore." msgstr "Geniet van een volledige integratie! U moet niet langer transacties manueel aanmaken." -#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:53 +#: ../../accounting/bank/feeds/paypal.rst:69 msgid "" "You only have to provide your credentials the first time. Once done, Odoo " "will synchronize with PayPal every 4 hours automatically." @@ -5329,7 +5356,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "de betaling is rechtstreekt op e factuur geregistreerd." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -5453,7 +5480,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "overeenkomst met een vorige geregistreerde betaling:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:184 msgid "" @@ -5463,7 +5490,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:188 msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "geregistreerd als een nieuwe betaling:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -5474,11 +5501,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "geregistreerd als een andere transactie:" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:191 msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "" +msgstr "bankoverschrijving, direct afrekening, enz." #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -5544,7 +5571,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Factuur ABC" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 @@ -5554,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cheque 0123" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 @@ -5587,7 +5614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:6 msgid "Journal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dagboek" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5654,7 +5681,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:51 msgid "Analytic Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analytische rekeningen" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5667,7 +5694,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:60 msgid "Analytic Entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analytische boekingen" #: ../../accounting/overview/main_concepts/terminologies.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -5720,7 +5747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Proces overzicht" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 msgid "From Invoice to Payment Collection" @@ -5761,7 +5788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -5796,7 +5823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laten we een factuur aanmaken met de volgende informatie:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" @@ -5824,7 +5851,7 @@ msgstr "Het document is samengesteld uit drie delen:" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," -msgstr "" +msgstr "de bovenkant van de factuur, met klant informatie," #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," @@ -5832,7 +5859,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." -msgstr "" +msgstr "de onderkant van de pagina, met details over de belastingen en de totalen." #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" @@ -5936,7 +5963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ontvang een gedeeltelijke betaling via het bankafschrift" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -5953,11 +5980,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Afletteren" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laten we nu afletteren!" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -5980,7 +6007,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaling opvolging" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6023,7 +6050,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Winst en verlies" #: ../../accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 msgid "" @@ -6248,11 +6275,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 msgid "Misc" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Overige" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:3 msgid "How to keep track of employee expenses?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe personeelsuitgaven opvolgen?" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6263,7 +6290,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:9 msgid "car travel, reimbursed per unit of distance (mile or kilometer)," -msgstr "" +msgstr "autoreizen, terugbetaald per afstandseenheid (mijl of kilometer)," #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:11 msgid "subsistence expenses, reimbursed based on the bill," @@ -6297,7 +6324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:30 msgid "Some examples of products can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden van producten kunnen zijn:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:32 msgid "**Travel (car)**" @@ -6358,23 +6385,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:69 msgid "Odoo support two types of expenses:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo ondersteund twee soorten van uitgaven:" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:71 msgid "expenses paid by employee with their own money" -msgstr "" +msgstr "uitgaven betaald door werknemers met hun eigen geld" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:73 msgid "expenses paid with a company credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "uitgaven betaald met een bedrijf kredietkaart" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:76 msgid "The expenses workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De uitgaven werkflow" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:79 msgid "Record a new expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registreer een nieuwe uitgave" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/employee_expense.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -6591,7 +6618,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configuratie: betalingstermijnen" #: ../../accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -7637,11 +7664,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klanten facturen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 msgid "How to setup cash discounts?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe contante kortingen op te zetten?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7660,7 +7687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:18 msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -7684,11 +7711,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:31 msgid "98% within 5 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "98% binnen 5 dagen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:32 msgid "balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "balans binnen 30 dagen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -7724,11 +7751,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 msgid "**Amount Type**: Percentage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Bedrag type**: Percentage" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 msgid "**Amount**: 100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Bedrag**: 100%" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:60 msgid "**Taxes**: depending on your country, you may put a tax on the cash" @@ -7748,7 +7775,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 msgid "Creating an invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een factuur aanmaken met contante korting" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 msgid "" @@ -7765,7 +7792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:92 msgid "Paying the invoice with a cash discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een factuur met contante korting betalen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -7792,7 +7819,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:113 msgid "Paying the invoice in full" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De factuur volledig betalen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -7806,7 +7833,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:116 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:86 msgid ":doc:`overview`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`overview`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 msgid "Deferred revenues: how to automate them?" @@ -7840,7 +7867,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:27 msgid "Module installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Module installatie" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -7878,13 +7905,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:55 msgid "1 year service contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 jaar dienstencontract" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:56 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "3 years service contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 jaar dienstencontracten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:59 msgid "Set deferred revenues on products" @@ -7904,7 +7931,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Product" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Product" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:69 msgid "Deferred Revenue Type" @@ -7912,23 +7939,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:71 msgid "Support Contract: 3 years" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ondersteuningscontract: 3 jaar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:73 msgid "Netflix subscription: 3 years" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Netflix abonnement: 3 jaar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "Flowers every month" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bloemen elke maand" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:75 msgid "1 year product contract" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 jaar product contract" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:79 msgid "Sell and invoice products" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkoop en factureer producten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -7955,7 +7982,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:89 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 msgid "24000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "24000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:91 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 @@ -7971,7 +7998,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:100 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "1000" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1000" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:102 msgid "Service revenue account" @@ -8002,12 +8029,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:10 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:10 msgid "Pay 50% within 10 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaal 50% binnen 10 dagen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:11 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 msgid "Pay the remaining balance within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betaal de resterende balans binnen 30 dagen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8040,11 +8067,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:39 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:38 msgid "Payment terms for customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen voor klanten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:41 msgid "You can set payment terms on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "U kan betalingstermijnen instellen op:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8088,22 +8115,22 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "Jan 03" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jan 03" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:73 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:72 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "Jan 30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jan 30" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:75 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 msgid "90" -msgstr "" +msgstr "90" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8113,11 +8140,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/installment_plans.rst:87 msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`payment_terms`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:3 msgid "How to modify a validated invoice?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een gevalideerde factuur te wijzigen?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8129,7 +8156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:10 msgid "Thus, the right way to modify an invoice is to:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dus, de correcte manier om een factuur te wijzigen is om:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:12 msgid "Refund the original invoice" @@ -8137,7 +8164,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:13 msgid "Create a new invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een nieuwe factuur" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -8147,7 +8174,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:19 msgid "Modify an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig een factuur" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8170,13 +8197,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:28 msgid "Validate the new invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Valideer de nieuwe factuur." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:30 msgid "" "All those steps are automated by Odoo. All you have to do is to click on the" " Refund button on an invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Al deze stappen zijn geautomatiseerd door Odoo. Het enige dat u hoeft te doen is te klikken op de knop Terugbetaling op een factuur." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -8188,7 +8215,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:41 msgid "Edit this new draft invoice and validate it when it's correct." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wijzig deze nieuwe concept factuur en valideer het wanneer deze correct is." #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -8199,7 +8226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/modify_validated.rst:50 msgid ":doc:`refund`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`refund`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" @@ -8223,7 +8250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verkooporder ‣ Factuur" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -8299,7 +8326,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:70 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contracten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:73 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -8314,7 +8341,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:79 msgid "Activities can be:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Activiteiten kunnen zijn:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -8355,7 +8382,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:111 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak manueel een factuur aan" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8372,11 +8399,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:121 msgid "if you need to create a refund" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien u een terugbetaling moet doen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:123 msgid "If you need to give a discount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indien u een korting moet geven" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:125 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" @@ -8388,7 +8415,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:130 msgid "Specific modules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Specifieke modules" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:132 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" @@ -8396,7 +8423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:134 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**lidmaatschap**: Factuur uw leden elk jaar" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:136 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" @@ -8404,7 +8431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 msgid "How to setup and use payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe betalingstermijnen in te stellen en te gebruiken" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8437,11 +8464,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:35 msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen gebruiken" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:40 msgid "Payment terms can be set on:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Betalingstermijnen kunnen ingesteld worden op:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -8493,11 +8520,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:3 msgid "How to edit or refund an invoice?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een factuur te wijzigen of terug te betalen?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:4 msgid "" @@ -8521,12 +8548,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:37 msgid "Odoo will automatically:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo zal automatisch" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:21 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:39 msgid "Create a refund for your invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maak een terugbetaling voor uw factuur" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:22 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:40 @@ -8546,7 +8573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:28 msgid "Cancelling an invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een factuur annuleren" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/refund.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -8589,7 +8616,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klanten betalingen" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 msgid "How to register customer payments by checks?" @@ -8710,7 +8737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:145 msgid "100.00" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100.00" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 @@ -8733,7 +8760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:143 msgid "X" -msgstr "" +msgstr "X" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -8898,7 +8925,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:67 msgid "**Payment method**: Credit card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Betaalmethode**: Kredietkaart" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:69 msgid "**Memo**: write the invoice reference" @@ -8906,7 +8933,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:81 msgid "Credit Cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kredietkaarten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8921,7 +8948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:93 msgid "Credit cards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kredietkaarten" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:98 msgid "" @@ -8980,17 +9007,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:166 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:167 msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`recording`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:167 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/credit_cards.rst:169 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:130 msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`followup`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid and organize customer follow-ups?" @@ -9168,7 +9195,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:125 msgid "Some Examples are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een paar voorbeelden zijn:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:127 msgid "**Email**: 3 days before overdue date" @@ -9233,7 +9260,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:10 msgid "Paypal support two modes:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal ondersteund twee methodes:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -9280,7 +9307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:45 msgid "Create a basic Paypal account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een basis Paypal account aanmaken" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:47 msgid "Existing or newly created Personal Paypal account can be used." @@ -9296,7 +9323,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:58 msgid "Paypal Configuration" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paypal configuratie" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -9310,12 +9337,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:68 msgid "**Database name**: yourcompany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Database naam**: yourcompany" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:69 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:87 msgid "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Website URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:70 msgid "**Return URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation" @@ -9335,7 +9362,7 @@ msgstr "Voorbeeld" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:86 msgid "**Database name**: \"yourcompany\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Database naam**: \"yourcompany\"" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:88 msgid "**Notification URL**: https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn/" @@ -9412,7 +9439,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/paypal.rst:153 #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:127 msgid ":doc:`credit_cards`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`credit_cards`" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 msgid "What are the different ways to record a payment?" @@ -9470,7 +9497,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:42 msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een betaling registreren" #: ../../accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -9572,7 +9599,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid.rst:3 msgid "How to get paid?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe betaald worden?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:3 msgid "How to automate customer follow-ups with plans?" @@ -9595,36 +9622,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:14 msgid "Here is an example of a plan:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een plan:" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 msgid "When?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wanneer?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 msgid "What?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wat?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:17 msgid "Who?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wie?" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 msgid "3 days before due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "3 dagen voor vervaldatum" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 msgid "Email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:19 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 msgid "automated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "geautomatiseerd" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 msgid "1 day after due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "1 dag na vervaldatum" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:21 msgid "Email + Regular Letter" @@ -9632,20 +9659,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 msgid "15 days after due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15 dagen na vervaldatum" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 msgid "Call the customer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bel de klant" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:23 #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 msgid "John Mac Gregor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "John Mac Gregor" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 msgid "35 days after due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "35 dagen na vervaldatum" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:25 msgid "Email + Letter + Call" @@ -9653,7 +9680,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 msgid "60 days after due date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "60 dagen na vervaldatum" #: ../../accounting/receivables/getting_paid/automated_followups.rst:27 msgid "Formal notice" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po index 7e4eff856..451c8dfb4 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/point_of_sale.po @@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 9.0 Documentation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-05 15:48+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-11 16:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-17 09:56+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-20 16:05+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken \n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/odoo/odoo-9-doc/language/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,103 +23,143 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "Kassa" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox.rst:3 +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced topics" +msgstr "Geavanceerde onderwerpen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "How to use discount tags on products?" +msgstr "Hoe korting tags te gebruiken op producten?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "How to create & run a loyalty & reward system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/manual_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply manual discounts?" +msgstr "Hoe manueel kortingen toepassen?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/mercury.rst:3 +msgid "How to accept credit card payments in Odoo POS using Mercury?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/multi_cashiers.rst:3 +msgid "How to manage multiple cashiers?" +msgstr "Hoe meerdere kassiers te beheren?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/register.rst:3 +msgid "How to register customers?" +msgstr "Hoe klanten registreren?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/advanced/reprint.rst:3 +msgid "How to reprint receipts?" +msgstr "Hoe kassabonnen opnieuw te printen?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze sales" +msgstr "Analyseer verkoop" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/analyze/statistics.rst:3 +msgid "Getting daily sales statistics" +msgstr "Dagelijkse verkoopstatistieken verkrijgen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:3 -msgid "POSBox" -msgstr "POSBox" +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Point of Sale Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Kassa hardware opzet" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:6 msgid "POSBox Setup Guide" msgstr "POSBox opzet handleiding" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:11 -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:210 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:11 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:210 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Vereisten" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:13 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:13 msgid "" "Before you start setting up your POSBox make sure you have everything. You " "will need :" msgstr "Controleer dat u zeker alle benodigdheden heeft voor u de POSBox begint op te zetten. U heeft nodig:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:16 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:16 msgid "The POSBox" msgstr "De POSBox" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:17 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:17 msgid "A 2A Power adapter" msgstr "Een 2A oplader" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:18 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:18 msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" msgstr "Een computer of tablet met een geüpdatet webbrowser" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:19 msgid "A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale installed" msgstr "Een draaiende SaaS of Odoo instantie met de Kassa geïnstalleerd" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:20 msgid "A local network set up with DHCP (this is the default setting)" msgstr "Een lokale netwerk opzet met DHCP (dit is de standaard instelling)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:21 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:21 msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable or a Linux compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter" msgstr "Een RJ-45 internetkabel of een Linux compatibele Wi-Fi USB adapter" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:22 msgid "" "An Epson USB TM-T20 Printer or another compatible printer (officially " "supported printers are listed at the `POS Hardware page " "`_)" msgstr "Een Epson USB TM-120 printer of een andere compatibele printer (officieel ondersteunde printers zijn opgelijst op de 'POS Hardware pagina `_)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:25 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:25 msgid "A Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode Scanner or another compatible scanner" msgstr "Een Honeywell Eclipse USB Barcode scanner of een ander compatibel apparaat" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:26 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:26 msgid "An Epson compatible cash drawer" msgstr "Een Epson compatibele kassa lade" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:29 -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:218 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:218 msgid "Step By Step Setup Guide" msgstr "Stap per stap opzethandleiding" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:32 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:32 msgid "Current version of the POSBox (since 2015)" msgstr "Huidige versie van de POSBox (sinds 2015)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:36 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:36 msgid "Old version of the POSBox (before 2015)" msgstr "Oude versie van de POSBox (voor 2015)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:40 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:40 msgid "Connect peripheral devices" msgstr "Connecteer externe toestellen" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:42 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:42 msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on `the POS Hardware page " "`_, but other hardware " "might work as well." msgstr "Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de POS Hardware pagina `_, maar andere hardware werkt mogelijk ook." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:46 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:46 msgid "**Printer**: Connect an ESC/POS printer to a USB port and power it on." msgstr "**Printer**: Connecteer een ECS/Kassa printer met een USB poort en zet deze aan." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:49 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:49 msgid "" "**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " "RJ25 cable." msgstr "**Kassalade**: De kassalade moet geconnecteerd zijn met de printer via een RJ25 kabel." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:52 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:52 msgid "" "**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" " scanner to be compatible it must behave as a keyboard and must be " @@ -128,18 +168,18 @@ msgid "" "your barcode scanner." msgstr "**Barcode scanner**: Connecteer uw barcode scanner. Om u barcode scanner compatibel te maken moet het zich voordoen als een toetsenbord en moet het geconfigureerd zijn in **US QWERTY**. Het moet barcodes ook beëindigen met een enter karakter (toetscode 28). Dit is normaal gezien de normale configuratie van uw barcode scanner." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:58 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:58 msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." msgstr "**Weegschaal**: Connecteer uw weegschaal en zet ze aan." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:60 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:60 msgid "" "**Ethernet**: If you do not wish to use Wi-Fi, plug in the Ethernet cable. " "Make sure this will connect the POSBox to the same network as your POS " "device." msgstr "**Internet**: Als u geen Wi-Fi wilt gebruiken steekt u de internetkabel in. Verzeker u van dat dit de POSBox connecteert met hetzelfde netwerk als uw POS toestel." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:64 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:64 msgid "" "**Wi-Fi**: If you do not wish to use Ethernet, plug in a Linux compatible " "USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are Linux " @@ -148,33 +188,33 @@ msgid "" "functionality will be bypassed when a wired network connection is available." msgstr "**Wi-Fi**: Indien u geen internet wilt gebruiken moet u een Linux compatibele USB Wi-FI adapter inpluggen. De meeste commerciële Wi-Fi adapters zijn Linux compatibel. Officieel ondersteunde Wi-Fi adapters zijn diegene met een Ralink 5370 chipset. Verzeker u er van dat u geen internetkabel insteekt, omdat alle Wi-Fi functionaliteit omzeilt wordt wanneer een bekabelde verbinding beschikbaar is." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:72 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:72 msgid "Power the POSBox" msgstr "Zet de POSBox aan" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:74 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:74 msgid "" "Plug the power adapter into the POSBox, a bright red status led should light" " up." msgstr "Steek de oplader in uw POSbox, een helderrood status led licht zou moeten gaan branden." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:78 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:78 msgid "Make sure the POSBox is ready" msgstr "Verzeker er u van dat de POSBox klaar is" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:80 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:80 msgid "" "Once powered, The POSBox needs a while to boot. Once the POSBox is ready, it" " should print a status receipt with its IP address. Also the status LED, " "just next to the red power LED, should be permanently lit green." msgstr "Eenmaal voorzien van stroom heeft de POSBox een tijdje nodig om op te starten. Eenmaal de POSBox klaar is zou het een status ticket moeten printen met het IP adres op. De status LED, net naast de rode stroom LED, moet permanent groen branden." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:86 -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:297 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:86 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:297 msgid "Setup the Point of Sale" msgstr "De kassa opzetten" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:88 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:88 msgid "" "To setup the POSBox in the Point of Sale go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and select your Point of Sale. Scroll down " @@ -185,40 +225,40 @@ msgid "" "attempt to find it on the local network." msgstr "Om de POSBox op te zetten in de Kassa gaat u naar :menuselection:`Kassa --> Configuratie --> Instellingen` en selecteert u de Kassa. Scroll naar beneden naar de ``Hardware Proxy / POSBox`` sectie en activeer de opties voor de hardware die u wilt gebruiken via de POSBox. Het ingeven van het IP adres van de POSBox wordt geadviseerd (het wordt geprint op het ticket na het opstarten van de POSBox). Wanneer er geen IP is opgegeven zal de Kassa proberen deze zelf te vinden in het lokale netwerk." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:97 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:97 msgid "" "If you are running multiple Point of Sales on the same POSBox, make sure " "that only one of them has Remote Scanning/Barcode Scanner activated." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat er maar één kassa is geactiveerd met de optie voor Scanning/Barcode indien u meerdere kassa's draait op dezelfde POSBox." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:100 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "It might be a good idea to make sure the POSBox IP never changes in your " "network. Refer to your router documentation on how to achieve this." msgstr "Het is mogelijk een goed idee om de zorgen dat het IP van de POSBox nooit veranderd in uw netwerk. Kijk naar uw router documentatie om te zien hoe u dit kan doen." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:105 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:105 msgid "Launch the Point of Sale" msgstr "Lanceer de kassa" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:107 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:107 msgid "" "If you didn't specify the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, the POS " "will need some time to perform a network scan to find the POSBox. This is " "only done once." msgstr "Indien u de POSBox's IP adres niet heeft ingegeven op de configuratie zal de POS tijd nodig hebben om een netwerkscan uit te voeren om de POSBox te vinden. Dit wordt slechts éénmalig gedaan." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:111 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:111 msgid "" "The Point of Sale is now connected to the POSBox and your hardware should be" " ready to use." msgstr "De Kassa is nu verbonden met de POSBox en u hardware zou klaar moeten zijn om te kunnen gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:115 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:115 msgid "Wi-Fi configuration" msgstr "Wi-Fi configuratie" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:117 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:117 msgid "" "The POSBox is Wi-Fi-capable. In order to use it you'll need a Linux " "compatible USB Wi-Fi adapter. Most commercially available Wi-Fi adapters are" @@ -226,13 +266,13 @@ msgid "" "5370 chipset." msgstr "De POSBox kan Wi-Fi gebruiken. Om Wi-Fi te gebruiken heeft u een Linux compatibele Wi-Fi USB adapter nodig. De meeste commercieel beschikbare adapters zijn Linux compatibel. Ofifcieel ondersteunde Wi-FI adapters zijn degene met een Ralink 5370 chipset." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:122 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:122 msgid "" "Make sure not to plug in an Ethernet cable, as all Wi-Fi related " "functionality will be disabled when a wired network connection is available." msgstr "Steek zeker geen internetkabel in, anders wordt alle Wi-Fi gerelateerde functionaliteit uitgeschakeld wanneer een bekabeld netwerk beschikbaar is." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:126 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:126 msgid "" "When the POSBox boots with a Wi-Fi adapter it will start its own Wi-Fi " "Access Point called \"Posbox\" you can connect to. The receipt that gets " @@ -246,7 +286,7 @@ msgid "" "has connected." msgstr "Wanneer de POSBox opstart met een Wi-Fi adapter start deze zijn eigen Wi-Fi toegangspunt genaamd *Posbox* waar u mee kan verbinden. De tickets die geprint worden wanneer de POSBox opstart zullen dit tonen. Om de POSBox te doen connecteren met een al bestaand netwerk gaat u naar de home pagina van de POSBox (aangegeven op het ticket) en gaat u naar de Wi-Fi configuratie pagina. Van hieruit kan u een netwerk kiezen om mee te verbinden. Merk op dat wij enkel open en WPA(2)-PSK netwerken ondersteunen. Wanneer u connecteert met een WPA-beveiligd netwerk moet u het wachtwoord veld invullen. De POSBox zal proberen te connecteren met het opgegeven netwerk en print een nieuw POSBox status ticket nadat deze verbonden is." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:137 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:137 msgid "" "If you plan on permanently setting up the POSBox with Wi-Fi, you can use the" " \"persistent\" checkbox on the Wi-Fi configuration page when connecting to " @@ -255,7 +295,7 @@ msgid "" "attempt to connect to the specified network after it boots." msgstr "Indien u plant om uw POSBox direct op te zetten met Wi-FI kan u de optie *blijvend* aanvinken op de Wi-Fi configuratie pagina wanneer u connecteert met een netwerk. Dit zal de netwerk keuze aanhouden doorheen verschillende heropstarten. Dit betekend dat in plaats van het opstarten van een eigen *Posbox* netwerk de POSBox altijd zal proberen om te connecteren met het opgegeven netwerk na een boot." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:144 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:144 msgid "" "When the POSBox fails to connect to a network it will fall back to starting " "it's own \"Posbox\" Access Point. If connection is lost with a Wi-Fi network" @@ -263,11 +303,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically." msgstr "Wanneer de POSBox niet kan verbinden valt deze terug op het starten van zijn eigen *Posbox* toegangspunt. Indien de connectie verloren gaat met een Wi-Fi netwerk na er mee te verbinden zal de POSBox proberen de connectie automatisch te herstellen." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:150 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:150 msgid "Multi-POS Configuration" msgstr "Multi-POS configuratie" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:152 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:152 msgid "" "The advised way to setup a multi Point of Sale shop is to have one POSBox " "per Point of Sale. In this case it is mandatory to manually specify the IP " @@ -276,11 +316,11 @@ msgid "" " your router documentation." msgstr "De geadviseerde weg om een mult-kassa winkel omgeving op te zetten is om één POSbox per kassa te hebben. In dit geval is het verplicht om manueel het IP adres van elke POSBox op te geven in elke kassa. U moet ook uw netwerk configureren om u er van te verzekeren dat de POSBoxen hun IP adressen niet veranderen. Bekijk hiervoor aub uw router documentatie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:159 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:159 msgid "POSBoxless Guide (advanced)" msgstr "Kassa zonder POSBox handleiding (geavanceerd)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:163 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:163 msgid "" "If you are running your Point of Sale on a Debian-based Linux distribution, " "you do not need the POSBox as you can run its software locally. However the " @@ -289,7 +329,7 @@ msgid "" "distribution or to your particular setup and hardware configuration." msgstr "Indien u uw Kassa draait in een Debian gebaseerde Linux distributie heeft u de POSBox niet nodig om de software lokaal te draaien. Hoewel de installatie niet waterdicht is. U moet minimaal weten hoe u Odoo installeert en configureert. U kan ook tegen problemen aanlopen die specifiek zijn aan uw distributie of tot uw specifieke opzet / hardware configuratie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:170 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:170 msgid "" "Drivers for the various types of supported hardware are provided as Odoo " "modules. In fact, the POSBox runs an instance of Odoo that the Point of Sale" @@ -299,17 +339,17 @@ msgid "" "Point of Sale and the hardware." msgstr "Drivers voor de verschillende soorten ondersteunde hardware worden aangeboden door de Odoo modules. In feite draait de POSBox een instatie van Odoo waarmee de Kassa communiceert. De instantie van Odoo die draait op de POSBox is totaal anders dan de 'echte' Odoo instantie. Het verwerkt geen zakelijke data (bijvoorbeeld kassa orders), maar dient enkel als een poort tussen de Kassa en de hardware." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:177 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:177 msgid "" "The goal of this section will be to setup a local Odoo instance that behaves" " like the Odoo instance running on the POSBox." msgstr "Het doel van deze sectie is om een lokale Odoo instantie op te zetten die zich gedraagt zoals de Odoo instantie die draait op de POSbox." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:181 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:181 msgid "Image building process" msgstr "Afbeelding bouwen proces" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:183 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:183 msgid "" "We generate the official POSBox images using the scripts in " "https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. " @@ -319,17 +359,17 @@ msgid "" "`nightly.odoo.com `_ for users to download." msgstr "We genereren de officiële POSBox afbeeldingen met het script van https://github.com/odoo/odoo/tree/8.0/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox. Meer specifieke voeren we het script `posbox_create_image.sh `_. uit. Dit bouwt een afbeelding genaamd ``posbox.img``, die wij zippen en uploaden naar `nightly.odoo.com `_ waar gebruikers ze kunnen downloaden." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:191 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:191 msgid "" "The scripts in this directory might be useful as a reference if you get " "stuck or want more detail about something." msgstr "De scripts in deze map zijn mogelijk handig als een referentie als u vastzit of meer details over iets wilt." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:195 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:195 msgid "Summary of the image creation process" msgstr "Samenvatting van het afbeelding bouw proces" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:197 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:197 msgid "" "The image creation process starts by downloading the latest `Raspbian " "`_ image. It then locally mounts this Raspbian " @@ -343,87 +383,87 @@ msgid "" "files. The resulting image is then ready to be tested and used." msgstr "Het afbeelding aanmaak proces start door het downloaden van de laatste `Raspbian `_ afbeelding. Deze mount vervolgens lokaal de Raspbian afbeelding en kopieert sommige bestanden en scripten die de Raspbian afbeelding veranderen in een POSBox wanneer deze opstart. Deze scripts updaten de Raspbian, verwijderen niet essentiële pakketten en installeren benodigde pakketten. Om de Raspbian op te starten gebruiken we qemu, wat mogelijkheid biedt om een ARM emulatie te doen. Hierna zal de geëmuleerde Raspbian OS zichzelf afsluiten. Vervolgens mounten we opnieuw de lokale afbeelding, verwijderen we de scripten die gebruikt zijn om de afbeelding bij de boot te initialiseren en we kopiëren configuratie bestanden. De resulterende afbeelding is dan klaar om te testen en te gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:212 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:212 msgid "A Debian-based Linux distribution (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" msgstr "Een Debian gebaseerde Linux distributie (Debian, Ubuntu, Mint, etc.)" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:213 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:213 msgid "A running Odoo instance you connect to to load the Point of Sale" msgstr "Een draaiende Odoo instantie die u connecteert om te laden met de Kassa" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:214 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:214 msgid "" "You must uninstall any ESC/POS printer driver as it will conflict with " "Odoo's built-in driver" msgstr "U moet alle ECS/POS printer drivers verwijderen aangezien deze conflicteren met de Odoo ingebouwde driver" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:221 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:221 msgid "Extra dependencies" msgstr "Extra afhankelijkheden" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:223 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:223 msgid "" "Because Odoo runs on Python 2, you need to check which version of pip you " "need to use." msgstr "Omdat Odoo draait op Pyton 2 moet u controleren welke versie van pip u moet gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:226 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:226 msgid "``# pip --version``" msgstr "``# pip --version``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:228 -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:234 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:228 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:234 msgid "If it returns something like::" msgstr "Als het iets terugstuurt zoals:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:232 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:232 msgid "You need to try pip2 instead." msgstr "Moet u pip2 in de plaats gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:238 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:238 msgid "You can use pip." msgstr "Kan u pip gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:240 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:240 msgid "The driver modules requires the installation of new python modules:" msgstr "De driver module vereist de installatie van nieuwe Python modules:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:242 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:242 msgid "``# pip install pyserial``" msgstr "``# pip install pyserial``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:244 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:244 msgid "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" msgstr "``# pip install pyusb==1.0.0b1``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:246 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:246 msgid "``# pip install qrcode``" msgstr "``# pip install qrcode``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:249 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:249 msgid "Access Rights" msgstr "Toegangsrechten" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:251 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:251 msgid "" "The drivers need raw access to the printer and barcode scanner devices. " "Doing so requires a bit system administration. First we are going to create " "a group that has access to USB devices" msgstr "Deze driver heeft ruwe toegang nodig tot de printer en barcode scanner toestellen. Om dit te doen is er wat systeem administratie nodig. Eerst maken we een groep die toegang heeft tot de USB toestellen" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:255 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:255 msgid "``# groupadd usbusers``" msgstr "``# groupadd usbusers``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:257 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:257 msgid "Then we add the user who will run the OpenERP server to ``usbusers``" msgstr "Vervolgens voegen we de gebruiker toe aan ``usbusers`` die de Odoo server zal uitvoeren" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:259 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:259 msgid "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" msgstr "``# useradd -G usbusers USERNAME``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:261 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:261 msgid "" "Then we need to create a udev rule that will automatically allow members of " "``usbusers`` to access raw USB devices. To do so create a file called " @@ -431,30 +471,30 @@ msgid "" "following content::" msgstr "Vervolgens moeten we een udev regel aanmaken die automatisch leden van de groep ``usbusers`` toestaat om toegang te krijgen tot de USB toestellen. Om dit te doen maken we een bestand genaamd ``99-usbusers.rule` in de ``/etc/udev/rules.d/`` map met de volgende inhoud:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:269 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:269 msgid "Then you need to reboot your machine." msgstr "Dan moet u uw machine opnieuw opstarten." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:272 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:272 msgid "Start the local Odoo instance" msgstr "Start de lokale Odoo instantie" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:274 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:274 msgid "We must launch the Odoo server with the correct settings" msgstr "We moeten de Odoo server lanceren met de correcte instellingen" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:276 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:276 msgid "" "``$ ./odoo.py " "--load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, " "hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" msgstr "``$ ./odoo.py --load=web,hw_proxy,hw_posbox_homepage,hw_posbox_upgrade,hw_scale, hw_scanner,hw_escpos``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:279 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:279 msgid "Test the instance" msgstr "Test de instantie" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:281 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:281 msgid "" "Plug all your hardware to your machine's USB ports, and go to " "``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status`` refresh the page a few times and " @@ -464,11 +504,11 @@ msgid "" "the udev rules do not apply or a superseded by others." msgstr "Plug alle hardware in uw machine zijn USB poorten, en ga naar ``http://localhost:8069/hw_proxy/status``. Ververs de pagina een paar keer en zie of al uw apparaten aangeven dat ze **Verbonden** zijn. Mogelijke problemen zijn: De paden naar de distributie zijn anders dan die van de drivers, een ander proces heeft exclusieve toegang gekregen tot de toestellen, de udev regels worden niet toegepast of overheerst door anderen." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:289 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:289 msgid "Automatically start Odoo" msgstr "Start automatisch Odoo" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:291 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:291 msgid "" "You must now make sure that this Odoo install is automatically started after" " boot. There are various ways to do so, and how to do it depends on your " @@ -476,26 +516,26 @@ msgid "" "probably the easiest way to accomplish this." msgstr "U moet er zich nu van verzekeren dat de Odoo installatie automatisch start na het opstarten van de PC. Er zijn verschillende manieren om dit te doen en dit is afhankelijk van uw opzet. Het gebruik van het init systeem van uw distributie is waarschijnlijk de gemakkelijkste weg om dit te bereiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:299 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:299 msgid "" "The IP address field in the POS configuration must be either ``127.0.0.1`` " "or ``localhost`` if you're running the created Odoo server on the machine " "that you'll use as the Point of Sale device. You can also leave it empty." msgstr "Het IP adres veld in de Kassa configuratie moet ``127.0.0.1`` of ``localhost`` zijn als u de aangemaakte Odoo server heeft draaien op hetzelfde apparaat als waar u de Kassa op gebruikt. U kan het ook leeg laten." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:305 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:305 msgid "POSBox Technical Documentation" msgstr "Technische documentatie POSBox" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:308 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:308 msgid "Technical Overview" msgstr "Technisch overzicht" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:311 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:311 msgid "The POSBox Hardware" msgstr "De POSBox Hardware" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:313 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:313 msgid "" "The POSBox's Hardware is based on a `Raspberry Pi 2 " "`_, a popular " @@ -505,21 +545,21 @@ msgid "" "hardware is easily available worldwide from independent vendors." msgstr "De POSBox zijn hardware is gebaseerd op een `Raspberry Pi 2 `_, een populaire mini-computer. De Raspberry Pi 2 krijgt stroom via een 2A micro-usb lader. 2A is nodig om genoeg stroom te geven aan de barcode scanners. De software is geïnstalleerd op een 8GB klasse 10 of hoger SD kaart. Al deze hardware is wereldwijd gemakkelijk verkrijgbaar van onafhankelijke leveranciers." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:322 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:322 msgid "Compatible Peripherals" msgstr "Compatibele apparaten" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:324 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:324 msgid "" "Officially supported hardware is listed on the `POS Hardware page " "`_." msgstr "Officieel ondersteunde hardware is opgelijst op `de POS Hardware pagina `_," -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:328 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:328 msgid "The POSBox Software" msgstr "De POSBox software" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:330 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:330 msgid "" "The POSBox runs a heavily modified Raspbian Linux installation, a Debian " "derivative for the Raspberry Pi. It also runs a barebones installation of " @@ -531,7 +571,7 @@ msgid "" "branch." msgstr "De POSBox draait een hevig gewijzigde Raspbian Linux installatie, een Debian afgeleide van de Raspberry Pi. Het draait ook een basis installatie van Odoo die de webserver en de drivers aanbied. De hardware drivers zijn geïmplementeerd door Odoo modules. Deze drivers zijn allemaal prefixed met ``hw_*`` en zijn de enige modules die op de POSBox draaien. Odoo wordt enkel gebruikt voor het framewerk dat het aanbied. Er wordt geen zakelijke data verwerkt of opgeslagen op de POSBox. De Odoo instantie is een kale git clone van de ``8.0`` branch." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:339 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:339 msgid "" "The root partition on the POSBox is mounted read-only, ensuring that we " "don't wear out the SD card by writing to it too much. It also ensures that " @@ -549,30 +589,30 @@ msgid "" "to get to the real /etc and /var during development." msgstr "De root partitie op de POSbox is gemount als enkel leesbaar, wat ons verzekert dat we de SD kaart niet te veel belastingen door er zo vaak naar te schrijven. Het verzekert ons er ook van dat het bestandssysteem niet corrupt kan geraken door het uitvallen van de stroom op de POSBox maar Linux verwacht dat er kan geschreven worden naar verschillende mappen. Dus voorzien we een ramdisk voor /etc en /var (Raspbian biedt automatisch één aan voor /tp). Deze ramdisks zijn opgezet door ``setup_ramdisks.sh``, wat we uitvoeren voor alle andere init scripts door het te doen draaien in ``/etc/init.d/rcS``. De ramdisks hebben de namen /etc_ram en /var_ram. De meeste data van /etc en /var is gekopieerd naar deze tmpfs ramdisks. Om de grootte van de ramdisks te limiteren kopieren we verschillende dingen niet over (bijvoorbeeld apt gerelateerde data). We bind mounten ze vervolgens over de originele mappen. Wanneer een applicatie schrijft naar /etc/foo/bar zal het dus eigenlijk schrijven naar /etc_ram/foo/bar. We bind mounten /to /root_bypass_rasms om de echte /etc en /var te kunnen bereiken tijdens ontwikkeling." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:355 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:355 msgid "Logs of the running Odoo server can be found at:" msgstr "Logs van de draaiende Odoo server kunnen gevonden worden onder:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:357 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:357 msgid "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" msgstr "``/var/log/odoo/odoo.log``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:359 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:359 msgid "" "Various POSBox related scripts (eg. wifi-related scripts) running on the " "POSBox will log to /var/log/syslog and those messages are tagged with " "``posbox_*``." msgstr "Verschillende POSBox gerelateerde scripts (bijvoorbeeld Wi-Fi gerelateerde scripts) die op de POSBox draaien loggen onder /var/log/syslog en deze berichten zijn getagd met ``posbox_*``." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:364 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:364 msgid "Accessing the POSBox" msgstr "Toegang krijgen tot de POSBox" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:367 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:367 msgid "Local Access" msgstr "Lokale toegang" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:369 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:369 msgid "" "If you plug a QWERTY USB keyboard into one of the POSBox's USB ports, and if" " you connect a computer monitor to the *HDMI* port of the POSBox, you can " @@ -580,31 +620,31 @@ msgid "" "tasks, like viewing some logs." msgstr "Als u een QWERTY USB toetsenbord in één van de POSBox zijn USB poorten insteekt en u een computerscherm connecteert met de *HDMI* port van de POSbox, kan u het gebruiken als een kleine GNU/Linux computer en verschillende administratieve taken uitvoeren, zoals het bekijken van de log bestanden." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:374 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:374 msgid "The POSBox will automatically log in as root on the default tty." msgstr "De POSBox logt automatisch in als root op de standaard tty." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:377 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:377 msgid "Remote Access" msgstr "Toegang van op afstand" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:379 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:379 msgid "" "If you have the POSBox's IP address and an SSH client you can access the " "POSBox's system remotely. The login credentials are ``pi``/``raspberry``." msgstr "Indien u de POSBox zijn IP adres hebt en een SSH cliënt hebt kan u het POSBox systeem van op afstand bereiken. De login gegevens zijn ``pi``/``raspberry``." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:384 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:384 msgid "Updating The POSBox Software" msgstr "De POSBox software updaten" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:386 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:386 msgid "" "Only upgrade the POSBox if you experience problems or want to use newly " "implemented features." msgstr "Upgrade enkel de POSBox als u problemen ondervind of nieuw geïmplementeerde opties wilt gebruiken." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:389 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:389 msgid "" "The best way to update the POSBox software is to download a new version of " "the image and flash the SD-Card with it. This operation is described in " @@ -615,7 +655,7 @@ msgid "" "the POSBox software." msgstr "De beste manier om de POSBox software te updaten is door een nieuwe versie van de afbeelding te downloaden en de SD kaart er mee te flashen. Deze operatie is in detail uitgelegd in `deze tutorial `_, vervang gewoon de standaard Raspberry PI afbeelding met de laatste op `de officiële POSBox afbeelding pagina `_. Deze methode van upgraden verzekert u er van dat u de laatste versie van de POSBox software heeft draaien." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:398 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:398 msgid "" "The second way of upgrading is through the built in upgrade interface that " "can be reached through the POSBox homepage. The nice thing about upgrading " @@ -624,29 +664,29 @@ msgid "" "configuration files (like eg. /etc/hostapd.conf). It can only upgrade:" msgstr "De tweede manier om te upgraden is door de ingebouwde update interface die u kan vinden op de POSBox home pagina. Het mooie aan het upgraden via deze manier is dat u geen nieuwe afbeelding hoeft te flashen. De upgrade methode is gelimiteerd in wat het kan doen. Het kan geen geïnstalleerde configuratie bestanden updaten bijvoorbeeld (zoals /etc/hostapd.conf). Het kan enkel het volgende upgraden:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:405 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:405 msgid "The internal Odoo application" msgstr "De interne Odoo applicatie" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:406 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:406 msgid "" "Scripts in the folder " "``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" msgstr "Scripts in de folder ``odoo/addons/point_of_sale/tools/posbox/configuration/``" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:408 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:408 msgid "When in doubt, always use the first method of upgrading." msgstr "Wanneer u twijfelt gebruikt u altijd de eerste methode van upgraden." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:411 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:411 msgid "Troubleshoot" msgstr "Troubleshoot" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:414 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:414 msgid "The POS cannot connect to the POSBox" msgstr "De kassa kan niet connecteren met de POSBox" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:416 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:416 msgid "" "The easiest way to make sure the POSBox is properly set-up is to turn it on " "with the printer plugged in as it will print a receipt indicating any error " @@ -654,27 +694,27 @@ msgid "" "is printed, check the following steps:" msgstr "De gemakkelijkste manier om u er van te verzekeren dat de POSBox correct is opgezet is om de POSBox aan te zetten met de printer ingeplugd. De printer zal een ticket uitprinten waar eender welke foutmelding op wordt geprint of het IP adres van de POSBox indien alles in orde is. Controleer de volgende stappen als er geen ticket wordt geprint:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:420 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:420 msgid "" "Make sure the POSBox is powered on, indicated by a brightly lit red status " "LED." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POSBox opstaat en dat de LED een heldere rode status kleur heeft." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:422 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:422 msgid "" "Make sure the POSBox is ready, this is indicated by a brightly lit green " "status LED just next to the red power status LED. The POSBox should be ready" " ~2 minutes after it is started." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POSBox klaar is, dit is aangegeven door een heldere groene status LED net naast de rode status LED. De POSBox zou klaar moeten zijn ~2 minuten nadat deze is opgestart." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:425 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:425 msgid "" "Make sure the POSBox is connected to the same network as your POS device. " "Both the device and the POSBox should be visible in the list of connected " "devices on your network router." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POSBox is geconnecteerd met hetzelfde netwerk als uw Kassa toestel. Beide het toestel en de POSBox moeten zichtbaar zijn in de lijst van verbonden toestellen op uw netwerk router." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:428 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:428 msgid "" "Make sure that your LAN is set up with DHCP, and gives IP addresses in the " "range 192.168.0.X, 192.168.1.X, 10.0.0.X. If you cannot setup your LAN that " @@ -682,70 +722,70 @@ msgid "" "paragraph in the Setup chapter of this documentation." msgstr "Verzeker er u van dat uw LAN is opgezet met DHCP en dat deze IP adressen geeft in de range van 192.168.0.0X, 192.168.1.X of 10.0.0.X. Indien u uw LAN zo niet kan configureren moet u manueel het IP adres van uw POSBox instellen. Zie de relevante paragraaf in het Opzet hoofdstuk van deze documentatie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:433 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:433 msgid "" "If you have specified the POSBox's IP address in the configuration, make " "sure it correspond to the printed on the POSBox's status receipt." msgstr "Indien u de POSBox zijn IP heeft ingegeven op de configuratie moet u zich er van verzekeren dat deze correspondeert met het geprinte POSBox status ticket." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:436 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:436 msgid "Make sure that the POS is not loaded over HTTPS." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de POS niet over HTTPS laad." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:437 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:437 msgid "" "A bug in Firefox's HTTP implementation prevents the autodiscovery from " "working reliably. When using Firefox you should manually set up the POSBox's" " IP address in the POS configuration." msgstr "Een bug in Firefox zijn HTTP implementatie voorkomt de goede werking van de automatische ontdekking. Wanneer u Firefox gebruikt moet u manueel de POSBox zijn IP adres ingeven in de Kassa configuratie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:442 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:442 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working" msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:444 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:444 msgid "" "The barcode scanner must be configured in US QWERTY and emit an Enter after " "each barcode. This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. " "Refer to the barcode reader documentation for more information." msgstr "De barcode scanner moet geconfigureerd zijn in US QWERTY en moet een enter toevoegen achter de barcode. Dit is de standaard configuratie voor de meeste barcode lezers. Kijk naar de barcode documentatie voor meer informatie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:448 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:448 msgid "" "The POSBox needs a 2A power supply to work with some barcode scanners. If " "you are not using the provided power supply, make sure the one you use has " "enough power." msgstr "De POSBox heeft ene 2A voeding nodig om te werken met sommige barcode scanners. Zorg ervoor dat de voeding die u gebruikt genoeg kracht heeft indien u niet de mee aangeboden voeding gebruikt." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:451 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:451 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners will need more than 2A and will not work, or will work" " unreliably, even with the provided power supply. In those case you can plug" " the barcode scanner in a self-powered USB hub." msgstr "Sommige barcode scanners hebben meer dan 2A nodig en zullen niet of onbetrouwbaar werken, zelfs met de meegeleverde voeding. In die gevallen kan u een barcode scanner inpluggen in een zelfvoorzienende USB hub." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:454 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:454 msgid "" "Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " "scanners but as a usb keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " "POSBox." msgstr "Sommige slechtgebouwde scanners adverteren zichzelf niet als barcode scanners maar als usb toetsenborden en zullen niet herkend worden door de POSBox." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:459 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:459 msgid "The Barcode Scanner is not working reliably" msgstr "De Barcode Scanner werkt niet betrouwbaar" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:461 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:461 msgid "" "Make sure that no more than one device with 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode " "Scanner' enabled are connected to the POSBox at the same time." msgstr "Zorg ervoor dat er niet meer dan één apparaat met de optie 'Scan via Proxy'/'Barcode Scanner' is aangevinkt en geconnecteerd is met de POSBox op dezelfde tijd." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:466 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:466 msgid "Printing the receipt takes too much time" msgstr "Het ticket printen duurt te lang" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:468 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:468 msgid "" "A small delay before the first print is expected, as the POSBox will do some" " preprocessing to speed up the next printings. If you suffer delays " @@ -753,129 +793,587 @@ msgid "" "and the POSBox." msgstr "Een kleine vertraging voor de eerste print is normaal, aangezien de POSBox op voorhand wat verwerking doet om de volgende printopdrachten te versnellen. Als u hierna nog vertragingen heeft bij het printen is dit mogelijk door een slechte netwerkconnectie tussen de Kassa en de POSBox." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:474 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:474 msgid "Some characters are not correctly printed on the receipt" msgstr "Sommige karakters zijn niet correct afgedrukt op het ticket" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:476 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:476 msgid "" "The POSBox does not support all languages and characters. It currently " "supports Latin and Cyrillic based scripts, with basic Japanese support." msgstr "De POSBox ondersteunt niet alle talen en karakters. Het ondersteund momenteel Latin en Cyrillic gebaseerde scripts, met basis Japanse ondersteuning." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:481 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:481 msgid "The printer is offline" msgstr "De printer is offline" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:483 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:483 msgid "" "Make sure the printer is connected, powered, has enough paper and has its " "lid closed, and is not reporting an error. If the error persists, please " "contact support." msgstr "Verzeker u er van dat de printer verbonden is, opstaat, genoeg papier heeft, dat het deksel gesloten is en dat de printer geen fouten meld. Gelieve support te contacteren als deze fout zich blijft voordoen." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:488 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:488 msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" msgstr "De kassalade opent niet" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:490 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:490 msgid "" "The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and should be activated in" " the POS configuration." msgstr "De kassalade moet verbonden zijn met de printer en moet geactiveerd worden in de POS configuratie." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:494 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:494 msgid "Credits" msgstr "Krediet" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:495 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:495 msgid "" "The POSBox project was developed by Frédéric van der Essen with the kind " "help of Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del " "Marmol, Joren Van Onder and Antony Lesuisse." msgstr "Het POSBox project was ontwikkeld door Frédéric van der Essen met de hulp van Gary Malherbe, Fabien Meghazi, Nicolas Wisniewsky, Dimitri Del Marmol, Joren Van Onder en Antony Lesuisse." -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:499 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:499 msgid "" "This development would not have been possible without the Indiegogo campaign" " and those who contributed to it. Special thanks goes to the partners who " "backed the campaign with founding partner bundles:" msgstr "Deze ontwikkeling zou niet mogelijk zijn zonder de Indiegogo campagne en de mensen die hier aan hebben bijgedragen. Speciale dank gaat naar de partners die de campagne hebben gesteund met de POSBox oprichters bundel:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:503 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:503 msgid "Camptocamp" msgstr "Camptocamp" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:504 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:504 msgid "BHC" msgstr "BHC" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:505 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:505 msgid "openBig" msgstr "openBig" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:506 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:506 msgid "Eeezee-IT" msgstr "Eeezee-IT" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:507 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:507 msgid "Solarsis LDA" msgstr "Solarsis LDA" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:508 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:508 msgid "ACSONE" msgstr "ACSONE" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:509 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:509 msgid "Vauxoo" msgstr "Vauxoo" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:510 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:510 msgid "Ekomurz" msgstr "Ekomurz" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:511 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:511 msgid "Datalp" msgstr "Datalp" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:512 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:512 msgid "Dao Systems" msgstr "Dao Systems" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:513 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:513 msgid "Eggs Solutions" msgstr "Eggs Solutions" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:514 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:514 msgid "OpusVL" msgstr "OpusVL" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:516 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:516 msgid "" "And also the partners who've backed the development with the Founding POSBox" " Bundle:" msgstr "En ook de partners die de ontwikkeling hebben gesteund met de POSBox oprichters bundel:" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:519 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:519 msgid "Willow IT" msgstr "Willow IT" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:520 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:520 msgid "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" msgstr "E\\. Akhalwaya & Sons" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:521 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:521 msgid "Multibase" msgstr "Multibasis" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:522 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:522 msgid "Mindesa" msgstr "Mindesa" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:523 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:523 msgid "bpso.biz" msgstr "bpso.biz" -#: ../../point_of_sale/posbox/index.rst:524 +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/setup.rst:524 msgid "Shine IT." msgstr "Shine IT." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "Starten met de Odoo kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo's online **Point of Sale** application is based on a simple, user " +"friendly interface. The **Point of Sale** application can be used online or " +"offline on iPads, Android tablets or laptops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Point of Sale** is fully integrated with the **Inventory** and the " +"**Accounting** applications. Any transaction with your point of sale will " +"automatically be registered in your inventory management and accounting and," +" even in your **CRM** as the customer can be identified from the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You will be able to run real time statistics and consolidations across all " +"your shops without the hassle of integrating several external applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:22 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:25 +msgid "Install the Point of Sale Application" +msgstr "Installeer de Kassa applicatie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Start by installing the **Point of Sale** application. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps` and install the **Point of Sale** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to install an accounting **chart of account**. If it is not " +"done, go to the **Invoicing/Accounting** application and click on **Browse " +"available countries**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:40 +msgid "Then choose the one you want to install." +msgstr "Kies vervolgens degene die u wilt installeren." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:42 +msgid "When it is done, you are all set to use the point of sale." +msgstr "Wanneer het klaar is bent u klaar om de kassa te gebruiken." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:45 +msgid "Adding Products" +msgstr "Producten toevoegen" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add products from the point of sale **Dashboard** go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Products` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The first example will be oranges with a price of ``3€/kg``. In the " +"**Sales** tab, you can see the point of sale configuration. There, you can " +"set a product category, specify that the product has to be weighted or not " +"and ensure that it will be available in the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In same the way, you can add lemons, pumpkins, red onions, bananas... in the" +" database." +msgstr "Op dezelfde manier kan u citroenen, pompoenen, rode uien, bananen... toevoegen in de database." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:62 +msgid "How to easily manage categories?" +msgstr "Hoe gemakkelijk categorieën te beheren?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you already have a database with your products, you can easily set a " +"**Point of Sale Category** by using the Kanban view and by grouping the " +"products by **Point of Sale Category**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:72 +msgid "Configuring a payment method" +msgstr "Configureer een betaalmethode" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To configure a new payment method go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Payment methods` and click on **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:81 +msgid "" +"After you set up a name and the type of payment method, you can go to the " +"point of sale tab and ensure that this payment method has been activated for" +" the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:86 +msgid "Configuring your points of sales" +msgstr "Configureer uw kassa's" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Point of Sale`, click on the " +"``main`` point of sale. Edit the point of sale and add your custom payment " +"method into the available payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can configure each point of sale according to your hardware, " +"location,..." +msgstr "U kan elke kassa configureren naar uw hardware, locatie,..." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:100 +msgid "Now you are ready to make your first steps with your point of sale." +msgstr "U bent nu klaar om uw eerste stappen te zetten met de kassa." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:103 +msgid "First Steps in the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Eerste stappen in de kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:106 +msgid "Your first order" +msgstr "Uw eerste order" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:108 +msgid "" +"On the dashboard, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "Op het dashboard kan u uw kassa's zien, klik op **Nieuwe sessie**:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:114 +msgid "You will get the main point of sale interface:" +msgstr "U krijgt het hoofdscherm van de kassa:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:119 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the products list with the categories on the top. " +"If you click on a product, it will be added in the cart. You can directly " +"set the correct quantity or weight by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:125 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Betaling" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Once the order is completed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " +"and pays with a ``20 €`` note. When it's done, click on **Validate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Your ticket is printed and you are now ready to make your second order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:137 +msgid "Closing a session" +msgstr "Sessie sluiten" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:139 +msgid "" +"At the end of the day, to close the session, click on the **Close** button " +"on the top right. Click again on the close button of the point of sale. On " +"this page, you will see a summary of the transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If you click on a payment method line, the journal of this method appears " +"containing all the transactions performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:152 +msgid "Now, you only have to validate and close the session." +msgstr "Nu hoeft u enkel de sessie te valideren en te sluiten." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/cash_control`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/invoice`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:157 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/refund`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/refund`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/overview/start.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" +msgstr ":doc:`../shop/seasonal_discount`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Restaurant Features" +msgstr "Geavanceerde Restaurant opties" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/print.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle kitchen & bar order printing?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle split bills?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/table.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure your table map?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "How to handle tips?" +msgstr "Hoe fooien af te handelen?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 +msgid "Advanced Shop Features" +msgstr "Geavanceerde winkel opties" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 +msgid "How to set up cash control?" +msgstr "Hoe kassacontrole opzetten?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice from the POS interface?" +msgstr "Hoe te factureren vanuit de kassa interface?" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:6 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:78 +msgid "Register an order" +msgstr "Registreer een order" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:8 +msgid "" +"On the **Dashboard**, you can see your points of sales, click on **New " +"session**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:14 +msgid "You are on the ``main`` point of sales view :" +msgstr "U zit op de ``hoofd`` kassa weergave:" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the right you can see the list of your products with the categories on " +"the top. Switch categories by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you click on a product, it will be added in your cart. You can directly " +"set the correct **Quantity/Weight** by typing it on the keyboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:26 +msgid "Add a customer" +msgstr "Voeg een klant toe" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:28 +msgid "On the main view, click on **Customer** (above **Payment**):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:33 +msgid "You must set a customer in order to be able to issue an invoice." +msgstr "U moet een klant instellen om een factuur te kunnen aanmaken." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +msgid "" +"You can search in the list of your customers or create new ones by clicking " +"on the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For more explanation about adding a new customer. Please read the document " +":doc:`../advanced/register`." +msgstr "Voor meer informatie over het toevoegen van een nieuwe klant. Gelieve het document :doc:`../advanced/register` te lezen." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 +msgid "Payment and invoicing" +msgstr "Betaling en facturatie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the cart is processed, click on **Payment**. You can choose the " +"customer payment method. In this example, the customer owes you ``10.84 €`` " +"and pays with by a ``VISA``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Before clicking on **Validate**, you have to click on **Invoice** in order " +"to create an invoice from this order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:61 +msgid "Your invoice is printed and you can continue to make orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:64 +msgid "Retrieve invoices of a specific customer" +msgstr "Facturen ophalen van een specifieke klant" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the customer’s invoices, go to the **Sale** application, click " +"on :menuselection:`Sales --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:69 +msgid "On the customer information view, click on the **Invoiced** button :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You will get the list all his invoices. Click on the invoice to get the " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:81 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:19 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:91 +msgid ":doc:`cash_control`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_control`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:82 +msgid ":doc:`../advanced/register`" +msgstr ":doc:`../advanced/register`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:83 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`refund`" +msgstr ":doc:`refund`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:84 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" +msgstr ":doc:`seasonal_discount`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:3 +msgid "How to return and refund products?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To refund a customer, from the PoS main view, you have to insert negative " +"values. For instance in the last order you count too many ``pumpkins`` and " +"you have to pay back one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You can see that the total is negative, to end the refund, you only have to " +"process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/refund.rst:20 +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`invoice`" +msgstr ":doc:`invoice`" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:3 +msgid "How to apply Time-limited or seasonal discounts?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:8 +msgid "To apply time-limited or seasonal discount, use the pricelists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:10 +msgid "You have to create it and to apply it on the point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:13 +msgid "Sales application configuration" +msgstr "Configuratie verkoop applicatie" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the **Sales** application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Tick **Advanced pricing based on formula**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:23 +msgid "Creating a pricelist" +msgstr "Prijslijst aanmaken" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the setting has been applied, a **Pricelists** section appears under " +"the configuration menu on the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:31 +msgid "Click on it, and then on **Create**." +msgstr "Klik erop en vervolgens op **Aanmaken**." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Create a **Pricelist** for your point of sale. Each pricelist can contain " +"several items with different prices and different dates. It can be done on " +"all products or only on specific ones. Click on **Add an item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For example, the price of the oranges costs ``3€`` but for two days, we want" +" to give a ``10%`` discount to our PoS customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You can do it by adding the product or its category and applying a " +"percentage discount. Other price computation can be done for the pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:55 +msgid "After you save and close, your pricelist is ready to be used." +msgstr "Nadat u bewaard en sluit is uw prijslijst klaar om te gebruiken." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:61 +msgid "Applying your pricelist to the Point of Sale" +msgstr "Uw prijslijst toepassen op de kassa" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:63 +msgid "From the dashboard, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." +msgstr "Vanuit het dashboard klikt u op :menuselection:`Meer --> Instellingen`." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:68 +msgid "On the right, you will be able to assign a pricelist." +msgstr "U kan rechts een prijslijst toewijzen." + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You just have to update the pricelist to apply the time-limited discount(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When you start a new session, you can see that the price have automatically " +"been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../point_of_sale/shop/seasonal_discount.rst:87 +msgid "When you update a pricelist, you have to close and open the session." +msgstr "Wanneer u een prijslijst updatet moet u de sessie sluiten en opnieuw opstarten."